The URL can be used to link to this page

Mountain View Country Club Villas TR 303571 r Building Address Owner I bu Mailing `fl�l�W Px Address � • 2l i U & Classif. Arch., Engr., Designer R1 i^ ` I• AcLdresg Tel. - s 4a" rV BOX 1504 APPLICATION ONLY ALLE TAMPICO ,CALIFORNIA 92253 .. > WP�� l NCB *ftD Tel. Iao G7 Tel. City Lic. # its Zi�State Lic. # `T LICENSED CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION ereby affirm that I am licensed under provisions of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 70 ) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code, and my license is in full force and OWNER -BUILDER DECLARATION I he by affirm that I am exempt from the Contractor's License Law for the following reason: ec. 7031.5, Business and Professions Code: Any city or county which requires permit to c nstruct, alter, improve, demolish, or repair any structure, prior to its issuance al o requires the pplicant for such permit to file a signed statement that he is licensed pursua to the provision of the Contractor's License Law, Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 700) of Division 3 0/ t Business and Professions Code, or that he is exempt therefrom, and th asis for the alleged emption. Any violation of Section 7031.5 by any applicant for a permit bjects the applicant to civil penalty of not more than live hundred dollars ($500). ❑ I, as owner of th property, or my employees with wages as thZ e compensa' n, will do the work, and the st cture is not intended or offered far sale. (Se4, Bustnes and Profes- sions Code: The Con actor's license Lawdoes not apply to anr o/prope who builds or improves thereon a who does such work himself or throughn empl ees, provided that such improvement are not intended or offered for sale. Ilver, th building or im- provement is sold within ne year of completion, the owner-bwill h e the burden of proving that he did not bw or improve for the purpose of sale)❑ I, as owner of the propert am exclusively contracting with liccc tractors to construct the project. (Sec. 7044, Busi ss and Professions Code: The Ct is License Law does not apply to an owner of prope whobuildsorimproves thereowho contracts for such projects with a contractors) lic sed pursuant to the Contractorense Law)❑ 1 am exempt under Sec. B. & P.C. for this reaso Date—Owner— WORKER'S CO PENSATION DE RATION I hereby affirm that I have a certificat of consent to elf -insure, or a certificate of Worker's Compensation Insurance, or a certified co thereof. ( c. 3800, Labor Code.) Policy No. Company ❑ Copy is filed with the city. ❑ Certified op s hereby furnished. CERTIFICATE OF MPTION FROM WORKERS'COMPE A ION INSURANCE (This section need not be completed if the ermit i for one hundred dollars ($100) valuation or less). I certify that in the performance of a work for hich this permit is issued, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as o become sub ct to Workers' Compensation Laws of California. Date Owner NOTICE TO APPLICANT If, after aking this Certificate Exemption you should become subject to the Workers' Comp sation Provisions of the abor Code, you must forthwith comply with such provisions or hts permit shall be deemed voked. CONSTRUCTION LENDING AGENC I hereby affirm tha ere is a construction lending agency for th performance of the work for which this permit i issued. (Sec. 3097, Civil Code.) /Nes Name 's Address s is a b ' ding permit when properly filled out, signed and validate and is subject to on if w k thereunder is suspended for 180 days. ertify at I have read this application and state that the above informa' n is correct. to omply with all city and county ordinances and state laws relatin to building ct' n, and hereby authorize representatives of this city to enter the above entioned or inspection purposes. re I applicant Date Addressate, Zip WHITE = BUILDING DEPARTMENT BUILDING: TYPE CON-ST OCC. GRP. L� A.P Number 7 / ZsC7 / Legal Description Tom- 30 3 Project De criptio A Zla� XO —�' 6 z 3 SS0 AZ z�s� G Z ridy Sq. Ft. Nsx' fly .. S6Z 164 i Dw. J J Size Storie8$ Units New ❑ Add ❑ Ir zzzS lV Z / Z / C1r4 Estimated Valuation PERMIT Plan Chk. Dep. Plan Chk. Bal. Const. Mech. Electrical Plumbing S.M.I. Grading Driveway Enc. Infrastructure TOTAL REMARKS Alter ❑ Repair ❑ Demolition ❑ PIf 7,7 YO og s ;.s-z o AMOUNT ZONE: BY: Minimum Setback Distances: Front Setback from Center Line Rear Setback from Rear Prop. Line Side Street Setback from Center Line Side Setback from Property Line FINAL DATE INSPECTOR Issued by: Date Permit Validated by: — Validation: YELLOW = APPLICANT PINK = FINANCE e •. „.• . �.+: .."': :��'.aee; s�=--::.r-•t-S' =•c _�:�+a�4.�-n�c_ :z :^--�e-.:-�':r+-t•r-�a2 �Y�+�lt•,:. . . •:� .. ��- m .,...�+�.s.�:-.,r.�. „ 7� Tom—:,: �i`Ar `yi�v sa':-=z�.f` �a`•o-�-�"co''•�,_.:.,.,.�,. _..:.y_.._ . ,..........:— ._.,....._.. ... _... __ ,.:iv n_� _. ...:t::�...: i; e_.' :yY".�:+3v..� "_'... :'.-,s.a��: �- �•cc��-- —-aa,a_sr-ate n�c•��s -'sss ..i: a._:_.-' �.._�_•_^*_.. `_.._-_ 1� ......-:c:•�.;..::� _:.'..,: --- —..�.. —. `• i� :�-�=.-�--era-:.,••—_.. ------==•ese--au�.-.r.a—..— _ .... _ _ ... t � ......... .... ..-... ._......... _ !-: FIDELITY :NATIONAL TITLE COMPANY RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: Toll Rios.. Inc. 890I Fast Mountain View Road Suite 200 Scottsdale, Arizona 85259 Alin. Mr. Kevin D. Duermit MAIL TAX STATEMENTS TO Same as above EscroT4 No. 140475-LRC Order No. 9772080-01 nac " mema-2802"SZ Ra/Ze/2001 Wiiea fee:54.88 Pape t s► 7 Cleo T Ton Patd Recorded in Orrietal Records cota+tY Of RSvsraide - cary L. area Rtseasor. ee.,nty clerk i Recorder 111110111111#1111119111119 r�� Ii3rr ■r�r r■rr� r■■r rrr� TRA: 020-036 GRANT DEED CITY OF.LA QUINTA. COUNTY OF RIVERSIDE. 114 STATE OF CALIFORNIA A.P. NO.: 772-250-002-7; 772-250-063-8;** DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX IS SHOWN BY SEPARATE AFFIDAVIT NOT OF - RECORD. i FOR VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt of which is herby acknowledged, KSL ' LAND HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (as' trustee and nominee under Land Trust Agreement (Grove) dated December 22. 1993. for the benefit of KSL. Grove Land L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and KSL Desert Resorts, Inc., a Delaware corporation) and LANDAQ. INC.. a Delaware corporation (collectively. "Grantor") hereby GRANT to TOLL 3 CA V, L.P.- a California limited parteenship ("Grantee") the real property in the City of La Quinta, County of Riverside, State of California. described on Fxbibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the "Property") reserving there from and subject to taxm assessments. easements, right.% covenants. conditions. restrictions and rights of record as well as G any ofsuch matters that are apparent. **772-250-007-2; 772-250-008-3; 777-250-009-4; 772-250-010-4;772-250-011-5; 772-250-012-6; Pen of'772-270-00 8; 772-270-002-9; 772-270-003-Oi ntn of 772-270--004-1; and 772-270-006-3 Dated, June 200 I� I� is C1U1IN A CITY OF LA & SAFETYDEPT. . Vonn DATE Y Signature page continues: Graw-Croat Died KSL LAND HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation. as trustee and nominee under Land Trust Agreement (Grove) dated December 22. 1993. for the benefit of ICSL GROVE LAND L.P.. a Delaware limited partnership and KSL DESERT RESORTS. INC., a Del ware ration By: "7 2�k �E.L�tc"r.ident 6/t9/01 9dU nrnn• T.nt 1 nfRnnlr PRE Pa _ RV•7nn1 nn,)R4,)S,) n111 A/')M7 1 n•)F AT/T 1.nf 7 .::. try^�'�•`?r•"10•"`:T%.",�,`�•�.. � �, +.�..��_;+.w..,•.o,....t.`�v.a yS3.->3+�: .arm R. '•:s4.�`�Z'?yZ' 2ti3 --:iro ' W 7" •1F«'�(��••=Xi"if.��.ZG..-1=Z..�L-w: `2��a—vim �j�-'!^{"was... amp %s 7 Dated: June 19, 2001 LANDAQ, INC.; a Dekwa2 forporation. By. —C.l iz. ruchliterpresident STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) Ss. COUNTY OF RIVERSIDE ) On June 1 q . 2061. before me. Barbara Larsh. a notary public in and for said State. personally appeared Larry E. Lichliter, personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity. and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person \..:. ' acted, executed -the instrument_ _y WITNESS any hand and official seal. ce 4 STATE OF CALWORNIA ) ) ss. COUNTY OF RIVERSIDE ) ,On June t—, 2001. before me, Barbara Larsh, a notary public in and for said State, personally appeared Larry E. Licbliter. personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity. and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted. executed the instrument: WITNESS my hand and official seal. LUNWA a 0MbM N&kXy A,� e�tSG� � (Seal) ' C` G:ovmareut Deod 2881-289252 6119/0t lllf [ I# 11113111I IM 1111111 M III �� Fas 1i (bA0..,1-T11011 r I , �E -0- - ---------- 19301TRU "Au it.ed property located in the City. of La Quints, County of Riverside. State 'bed as follows: of California, descn PARCEL I - - . That portion of Section 4, Township S South, Range 7 Fast, San Bernardino Base and Meridian, also being a portion of Parcel 1 of Parcel Map 1451 S.-In the City of La Quints, as .shown by Map on file in: Book 83, Pagais)'88 of Parcel Maps, In the Office of the County Recorder of Riverside County, California, more particularly described as follows: Commencing at the Northeast comer of the Northwest orthwest quarter of said Section 4; thence .North 890 53* 23' West along the Northerly line of said, Northwest quarter of Section 4 a distance of 171.90 feet: thence South 000 061 371 West, a distance of 264.50 feet to the point of beginning of said parcel to be described; thence South 000 09, 31" East; a distance of 892.'68 feet; thence North 760 1 W 20" East, a distance of 241.95 feet; thence Northeasterly and Northwesterly along a curve concave Northwesterly having a radius of .190.50 feet through an angle of 1030 341 09" an arc length of 344.35 feat to a point of reverse curvature: thence Northwesterly along a curve concave Northeasterly having a radius of 300.00 feet through an angle of 270 081 18" an arc length of 142.10 feet; thence North 00 09' 31 1 West a distance of 262.64 feet; thence Northeasterly and Southeasterly along a curve concave Southerly having a radius of 162.00 feet through an angle of -1620 171 31 " an we length of 488.87 feet *(the beginning radial beers North 74P I S' 17' West and the ending radial bears North 870 591 1 S" East); thence South 06 06, 09' West, a distance of 326.73 feet; thence Southwesterly along a curve concave Northwesterly having a radius 61 631.50 feet through an angle of 330 19' 46" an arc length of 367-35 feet (the ending radial boars North 56" 34' 06" West); thence So South 34' 09' West, a distance of 476.69 test; thence South 140 45' 380 West, a distance of 193.18 feet; thence South 800 01', 120 West. a distance of 268. 10 lieet; thence South 000 00' 00' East, a distance of 984.77 feet; thence North 779 46' 360 East, a distance of 225.93 feet; thence - South 120 131 240 East a distance of 186.63 feet; thence Smith 240 21. 17" West 6 distance of 352-63 feet: thence Southwesterly along a curve concave Northwesterly having a radius of 540.60 feet through an angle of 850 OCY 52' an arc length of 620.12 lost; thence. South 89* 22' 09" WasL a distance of 474.89 feet; thence South 65* 46' 1 G' West.- a distance of 522.65 feet thence South 010 23' 24' West, a distance of 456.13 feet; thence South 290 37' 350 East, a distance of 142.81 feet; thence Southwesterly along a. curve concave Northwesterly having a radius of 406.50 feet ' through an angle of 250 37" an are length of 180.40 feet (the beginning radial beers North 65* 05' 36' West); thence South 500 20' 02". West, a distance of 21.28 feet: thence North 629 041 29" West, a distance of 244-55 feet.- thence South 110 291 18* West a distance of 170.34 feet-, thence South 260 56' 27' West, a distance of 399.66 feet: thence Southwesterly along a curve concave Northwesterly having a radius of 520.00 feet through an' angle of 3130' 28' an are length of 31.83 feet (the beginning radial bows North 30 42' 480 West); thence South 890 47' 40" West, a distance of 74.74 feet; thence Northwesterly along a curve concave Northeasterly having a'radlus of 24.50 feet through an angle of 500 471 351 an arc length of 21.72 foot (the ending radial bears North 600 35' IS' East); thence North 020 52' 380 East, a distance of 798.10 feet; -thence North 030 01 20'.Wost, a clistance of 643.30 feet; thence Worth 200 23' 14" East, a distance of 130.94 feet, thence Northeasterly along a.curve concave Southeasterly having a radius of 250.00 feet through an angle of 69* 22, 00' an are length of 302.67 feet. thence North 890 45' 14" East, a distance of I 1 13.80 feet: thence Southeasterly and Northeasterly along a curve'concave -Northeasterly having a radius of 208.50 feet through an angle of 370 62, 000 an are length of 137.80 feet (the beginning radial bears North 270 60' 29" East); thence North .790 5131 29" Eastt a distance of 261.23 feet; ThenowNarth 110 56' 08" West, a distance of 485.63 feet; thence North 00 09' 45" West. a distance of 234.16 feet; thence. Northeasterly along a curve concave Satitheasterly having a radius of 331.SO Mt -289M 1111 ]VIII Jill Order No. 9772080 - B feet through an, angle of 16' 48' 30' an arc length of 97.25 feet to a point of reverse curvature; thence Northeasterly and Northwesterly along a curve concave Westerly having a radius of 468.50 feet through an angle of 33' 36' 59" an are Iength of 274.88 feet to a point of reverse curvature; thence Northwesterly along a curve concave Northeasterly having a rddius of 331.60feet through an angle of 18' 48. 29" an are length of 97.28 feet; thence North O' 09' 45' Wedt, a distance of 1100.00 feet: thence Northeasterly along a curve concave Southeasterly having a radius of 250.00 feet of 468.50 feet through an angle of 33' 38' 59" an arc length of 274.88 feet to a point of reverse curvature; thence Northwesterly along a curve concave Northeasterly having a radius of . 331.50 feet through an angle of 16' 48' 29' an arc length of 97.25 feet; thence North 0' 09' 45" West, a distance of 1100.00 feet; thence Northeasterly along a curve concave Southeasterly having a radius of 250.00 feet through an angle of 90' 16' 22" an are length of 393.89 feet; thence South 89' 53' 23' East, a distance of 262.82 feet to the point of beginning. As per Lot Une Adjustment No. 91-135, recorded August 22, 1991 as Instrument/File No. 2S0432 of Official Records. >f ti � �,� PA CEL 2• That portion of Section 4, Township 6 South, Range 7 East, Son Bernardino Base and Meridian, more particularly described as follows: Commencing at the Northeast corner of the Northwest quarter of said Section 4; thence North 89' 53' 50" West along the Northerly fine of said Northwest quarter of the Northeast ! quarter, a distance of 499.19 feet; thence South 00. 06, 1 O' West, a distance of 264.50 f tot he point of beginning; thence South 89' 53' 50' East, a distance of 60.34 feet: thence Southeasterly along a curve concave Southwesterly having a radius of 250.00 feet through an angle of 22' 57' 26' an arc length of 100.17 feet (the ending radial bears North 23' 03' 36" East); thence South 220 22' 57" East, a distance of 402.86 feet; thence South 00' 31. 45^ East, a distance of 375.27 feet;. thence South 21' 05' 00' West, a distance of 291.17 feet; thence South 710 23' 40' East; a distance of 113.52 feet; thence South x 000 31' 45" East, a distance of 47.18 feet; thence South 46° 41' 16' West, a distance of 768.96 feet; thence Southwesterly along a curve concave Southeasterly having a radius of a 663.50 feet through an angle of 110 51' 40" an arc length of 141.60 feet; thence South �- 34' 49. 36" West, a distance of 401.76 feet; thence South 44' 14. 42" West, a distance f o of 200.89 feet;.thence Southwesterly along a curve. concave Northwesterly having a radius of 200.00 feet through an angle of 48' 21' 07" an arc length of 185.66 feet; thence North 87' 24. 11" West, a distance of 12.13feet; thence North 12 13' 24' West. a distance of 4a 1 10.33 feet; thence North 13' 37' 22' East, a distance of 325.99 feet; thence. North 34' 49' 36" East, a distance of 376.54 feet; thence Northeasterly along a curve concave Southeasterly having a radius of 1831.50 feet through an angle of 11' 03' 38' an arc Iength of 353.56 feet (the ending radial bears North 44' 06' 46" West); thence North 690 45' 33" East. do 343.38 feet; thence North 17' 04' 09" East, a distance of 349.12 feet; thence North 00' 06' 09' East, a distance of 801.13 feet to the point of beginning. As per Lot Line Adjustment No. 91-135, recorded August 22. 199.1 as Instrument/File No. 2SO432 of Official Records. ti PARCEL 3• That portion of Section 4, Township 6 South. Range 7 East, San Bernardino Bass and Meridian. also being a portion of Parcel 1 of Parcel Map 14516. In the City of La Quinta, as shown by Map on file In Hook 83, Pagetsl 68 of Parcel Maps, In the Office of the County Recorder of Riverside County, California, more particularly described as follows: Commencing at the Southeast corner of the Southwest quarter of the Northeast quarter of 3sid Section 4; thence South 89' 45' 36" West along the Southerly line of said Southwest quarter of the Northeast quarter of said Section 4, a distance of 3241.7 feet; thence South �SQdQ nrnn• T A 1 A/nAAl 1n.nC Ar,r n ,i-7 Order No. 9772080 - B 00" 14' 24' East, a distance of 169.73 feet to the point of beginning; thence South 350 11. 07" West, a distance of 190.42 feet; thence South 56" 38' 47" West, a distance of 191.08 feet,- thence South 350 11' 07' West, a distance of 315.27 feet; thence South 270 4W IS" West, a distance Of 273.96 feet: thence South 43" 22' 01" West, a distance of 320.41 feet; thence South 37" 14' 35' West, a distance of 513.68 feet; thence South 860 57' 52, West, a distance of 162.42 feet; thence Northwesterly along a curve concave Southeasterly having a radks of 468.50 feet through an angle of 120 68' 42' an arc length of 106.12 feet (the beginning radial bears North 35' 09' 03" East and the ending radial.bears North 220 10' 21" East); thence North 13" SO' 40' West, a distance of 142.83 feet; thence North 130 69' 19" East, a distance of 90.41 feet; thence South 790 20' 56" West, a distance of 283.69 feet; thence Southwesterly and Northwesterly along a curve concave Northerly having a radius of 1001.60feet through an angle of 250 48' 08' an arc length of 451.01 foot; thence North 740 60' 56" West, a distance of 392.72 feet; thence Northerly along a curve concave Westerly having a radius of 693.50 feet through an angle of 00" 30' 00" and an arc length of 5.18 feet (the beginning radial bears North 82" 26' 25' West); thence North 07" 03' 35' East, a distance of 91.26 feet; thence North 700 14. 46" East, a distance of 275.63 feet; thence North 890 22. 09" East, a distance of 449.16 feet; thence Northeasterly along a curve concave Northwesterly having a radius of 883.50 feet through an angle of 080 11' 56" an arc length of 126.43 feet; thence North 811 10' 13" East, a distance of 284.23 fear, thence North 450 30' 11" East, a distance of 284.23 feet; thence Northeasterly along a curve concave Northwesterly having a radius of 883.50 feet through an angle of 10" 4W 35" an are length of 164.63 feet; thence North 341049. 36" East, a distance of 1024.00feet; thence North 460 12' 40" East..a distance of 345.74 feet; thence North 79' 09' 00" East, a distance of 224.82 feet; thence South 43* 00' 26" East, a distance of 94.20 feet; thence South 10" 37' 03" West, a distance of 517.66 feet to the point of beginning. As per Lot Line Adjustment No. 91-135. recorded August 22, 1991 as instrument/Fite No. 290432of Official Records. That portion of Section 4. Township 6 South, Range 7 East, San Bernardino Base and Meridian, also being a portion of Parcel 2 of Parcel Map 14516, in the City of La auinta, as shown by Map on file in Book 83. Page(s) 68 of Parcel Maps, in the Office of the County Recorder of Riverside County, California, more particularly described as follows: Commencing at the Southeast corner of the Southwest quarter of the Southwest quarter of said Section 4.- thence South 89" 46' 08" West along the Southerly Una of said Southwest quarter of the Southwest Quarter of Section 4, a distance of 52.94 feet; thence North O° 1 Z' 20' West, a distance of 30.00 feet to the point of beginning; thence North 00" 12' 20' West along the East Una of sold Southwest quarter of the Southwest quarter, a distance of 414.00 feet; thence North 89" 48' 08" East, a distance of 343.49 feet; thence South 00" 13' 52' East, a distance of 389.00 feet; thence South 89' 46, 08" West, a distance of 290.71 feet; thence South 000 11' 57" East, a distance of 25.00 fast; thence South 89" 46, 08" West. a distance of 52.94 feet to the point of beginning. As per Lot Line Adjustment No. 91-135. recorded August 22, 1991 as instrument/Fits No. 290432 of Official Records. Parcel 2 of Lot line Adjustment 2001-355 recorded April 24, 2001 as instrument No. 2001-171914of Official Records, described as follows; The West half of the Northeast quarter and the Easterly 62.82 acres of the Northwest quarter of Fractionalf (Section i4; Tlowns1hip 6 South, Range 7 East, San Bernardino Base and Meridian:Iltt1�lll11l1II1llFllili� ��x,eese : ea eon i?681-i?tig252 COi10 +., T -4. 1 1 T) 1- ll 0'f Tl 1l[T.11 llnl /�/�r1 olln C'1 n� i� innnn n ni r r I& ,r.i:,nN:��l a•r•G:.•-; �_.?'�i'k`a.�'•+'we �i1:-.:��KaL`•:��r=R"..'�^nm-+a+ e•'.w�`�`.`-c^wc�`:��- i� Order No. 9772080 - 13 Together with all that portion of the South half of said Fractions[ Section 4 tying Northwesterly of the Northwesterly line of the All American Canal, as per plat thereof. Excepting from the above all that portion conveyed to the Imperial Irrigation Dlkrict by document recorded January 8, 1987 as Instrument/File No. 4199 of Official Records of Riverside County; Also excepting therefrom those portions of said [and described as Parcels 1, 2, 3, and 5 per Lot Line Adjustment No. S1-135 recorded August 22. 1991 as instrument/File No. 290432 of Official Records; Also excepting therefrom that portion of said land described as Parcel 1 of said Lot Line Adjustment No. 2001-355. That portion of the West 108.16 acres of the Northwest quarter of Section 4, Township 6 South, Range 7 East, Son Bernardino Meridian, in the County of Riverside. State of California, according to the Official Plat thereof, described as follows: Beginning at the Southwest corner of said Northvigst quarter; thence Northerly along the Westerly line of said Northwest quarter 986.84 feet: thence Easterly parallel with the Southerly line of said Northwest quarter, 1764.64 feet to the Westerly line of that certain parcel of land conveyed to Lionel R. Woodhouse and George C. Woodhouse by deed - recorded June 11 1927 in Book 721, Page 53 of Deeds, Riverside County Records; thence Southerly along the Westerly line of said parcel, 988.84 fact to the Southerly line of said Northwest quarter: thence Westerly along the Southerly line of the Northwest quarter to the point of beginning. Except the West 30.00 test in Jefferson Street. PARCEL A: That portion of the Northwest quarter of Section 4, Township S South. Range 7 East, San Bernardino Base and Meridian, described as follows: Beginning at the Southwest comer of said Northwest quarter of Section 4; thence Northerly, along the West line of sold Northwest quarter, 1646.84 feet to the Northwest corner of the land described n deed to Datmain C. Woodhouse, et af, recorded June 3, 1946 in Book 752, Page 323 of Official Records of Riverside County, California, said point also being the true point of beginning: thence Easterly along the Northerly line of said Woodhouseland, 860-00feet to the Northeast corner thereof: thence Northerly, along the Northerly prolongation of the Easterly line of sold Woodhouse land, 319.73 feet; more or less, to the Southeast comer of the land described in deed to Frank George Hrabetin and Marguerite Cora Mrabetin, husband and wife. recorded August 24, 1962 as instrument No. 80112 In the office of the County Recorder of Riverside County, California; thence Westerly, along the Southerly Iine of said Hrabetin land 680.00 feet to a point In said West line of Northwest quarter: thence Southerly, along sold West line to the true point of beginning - Excepting therefrom the West 30.00 feet thereof. PARCEL B: Those portions of the West one-third of the North one-half of Section 4, Township 6 South. Range 7 East. San Bernardino Base and Meridian, described as follows: I oil II1III lilt Hil 11111111111111111,111111111 ft�20R )SQdQ ,., T n002 n -_ - �a.�..:r_:��_ a;=sue-�-c-=-�.a,-. _.-' _= �,�--- - -••-�-------•- -�--- =-�• =_�� Order No. 9772080 - 8 An undivided one -tenth interest in and to the wellsite described as follows: The East 20.00 feet of the West 124.00 feet of the North 25.00 feet of the South 1417.00fast of the West one-third of the North one-half of said Section 4, and in and to the well, pump and equipment located at said wellsite- PARCEL C: A right of way for water pipe line purposes five feet in width and extending from said wellsite to the land of said Grantee. the center line of which right of way runs from the Northeast corner of said wellsite to a point 300.00feet East of the Northwest corner of the West 660.00 feet of the North 660.00 feet of the South 1646.84 feet of the East one- third of the North one-half of said Section 4 and also known as 50-400 Jefferson Street, Indio, California. That portion of the Northwest quarter of Section 4, Township 8 South, Range 7 East. San Bernardino Base and Meridian, more particularly described as follows: Commencing at the northwest corner of Section 4, Township 6 South, Range 7 East. San Bernardino Base and Meridian; thence Easterly along the North line of said Section 4, South 89' 54, East. 1761.33 feet; thence South 0* 09' East, 880-28 feat; thence North 890 54' West, 525.39 feet, to the true point of beginning; thence South 00 02' East, 752.31 feet; thence South 890 46' West, 577.72 feet; thence North O° 02' West, 755.68 feet; thence South 89" 54' East, 577.72 feet, to the true point of beginning. That portion of the Northwest Quarter of Section 4, Township 6 South, Range 7 East, San Bernardino Base and Meridian, described as follows: Commencing at the Northwest corer of Section 4, Township 6 South, Range 7 East; thence Easterly along the North line of said Section 4, South 890 SW East 1761.33 feet; thence South O' 09' East 30.00 feet to a point in the South right of way line of Avenue 50 said point being the true point of beginning and herein referred to as Point "A•; thence Southerly along the Westerly line of that parcel conveyed to Lionel R_ Woodhouse and George C. Woodhouse by deed recorded June 11, 1927 in Book 721, Page 53 of Deads, Riverside County Records, South 0' 09, East 1599.54 feet; thence South 80 46' West 526.92 feet; thence North O' 02' West 752.31 feet; thence South 890 64' East 495.39 feet; thence North O* 09' West 850.28 feet; thence South 890 54' East 30.00 feet, to the true point of beginning. Said property is also situated In the Coachella Valley County Water District - PARCEL 0: The West 660.00 feet of the North 660.00 feet of the South 1646.84 feet of the North half of Section 4. Township 6 South, Range 7 East, San Bernardino Meridian, according to the Official Plat thereof. Except therefrom arty portion included in Jefferson Street. Also excepting therefrom an undivided one tenth interest in and to the wellsite described as follows: The East 20.00 feet of the West 124.00 feet of the North 25.00 feet of the South 1417.00 feet of the West one-third of the North one-half of said Section 4, and in and to �.... the well, pump and equipment located at said wellsite. 11I�i�IU1111111till 1�U�111111[�11�I�1111�111��1 � 7 son )5i A ;ArAn T nt 1 of RnnL DQZ D., Dw.onn1 A /1 A /nnnn I n.ni A r n 1 P.O. Box 1504 78-495 CALLE TAMPICO LA QUINTA, CALIFORNIA 92253 BUILDING & SAFETY DEPARTMENT (760) 777-70 12 FAX (760) 777-7011 To: Greg Butler, Building & Safety Manager To CDD: 10-29-2004 From: Oscar Orci, Planning Manager Due date: 11-09-2004 Status: 2ND Review Building Plans Approval (This is an approval to issue a Building Permit) The Community, Development Department has reviewed the Building Plans for the following project: Description: Mountain View Condos Address or general location: 772-250-019 Tract 30357 Applicant Contact: Rick Blakshear The Community Development Department finds that: ❑ ...these Building Plans do not require Community Development Department approval. ...these Building Plans are approved by the Community Development Department. ❑ ...these Building Plans require corrections. Please forward a copy of the attached corrections to the applicant. When the corrections are made please return them to the Community Development Department for review. Oscar Orrci, Plannin anal o r Date PROJECT: MOUNTAIN VIEW - 2 UNIT BLDGS [FORMERLY CONDOS] ` `APN: 772-250-019-185-30357 APP.# NAME -PLAN TYPE LIVING AREA',. FEE TYPE 04-5623 SAN MARTIN- Al 2110 SF FULL FEE 04-8399 SAN MARTIN -.Al 2110 SF REDUCED 04-5624 PALAMAR - A2 2748 SF FULL FEE 04-8400 PALAMAR - A2 2748 SF REDUCED 04-5625 ALMERIA - B1 2233 SF FULL FEE 04-8401 ALMERIA - B1 2233 SF REDUCED 04-5626 MECINA - B2 2530 SF FULL FEE 04-8402 MECINA -.B2 2530 SF REDUCED 04-5627 LA ISLA - Cl 2252 SF FULL FEE ' 04-8403 LA ISLA - Cl 2252 SF REDUCED 04-5628 MORELLA - C2 2694 SF FULL FEE 04-8404 MORELLA - C2 2694 SF REDUCED 04-5629 SANTA RITA - D1 2215 SF FULL FEE 04-8405 SANTA RITA - D1 2215 SF REDUCED 04-5630 ARMILLA - D2 2694 SF FULL FEE 04- 8406 ARMILLA - D2 2694 SF REDUCED F a f 02/08/2006 05:26 IS497525321 GOUVIS`ENGINEERING • - h 4 Z f PAGE 02 February t 2006 Lee Dotson Toll Brothers 73-121 Fred Waring Drive, Suite 100 Palm Desert, CA 92260 Re: iMountain-Vlew-Country Club Condominiums GSCGjob # 60433—`--- phase I� Building 02 - A, B and C j Structural Observation Report 2 6 pcf! pear Mr. Dotson, 7 This lemr advises that we have observed the structural requirements that ara bTelring construction at the time of our site visit. Gouvis Engineering believes that the as -built construction at the time of our•visic is in general conformance with our structural plans and raleYant correspondence issued by our office relating to the above referenced dwelling. We observed the building In its framed condition prior to insWIRtlon of drywall and stucco, We observed the visual and actessible structural requirements. (Exclusions are items such as: size of footings, reinforeAd st64 in the foundations and roof sheathing.) This report is understood to be an expression of professional opinion by this omoneer, which is based on • his best knowledge, information and beliefs. As such, It consists of a report for only structural elemem (as above outlined) and is neither a guarantee nor a warranty, expressed or implied for other trades or requirements of subject dwelling. Respoedully Submitted: t GOWS ENGINEERING CONSULTING GROUP, INC. Magdy Yacoub Basil A Ammari, PaE, Field Quality Control Diraetor of Pleld Operations fnz 949.752.5321 � � ✓ �� 4400l ;Amraz drive Va. G'6;2S2C1�4D g NcwporPilcaeh,t;A - . 92660 11411115prinp, CA 11Irasinton,(A Sacrarnenh):('� 0 Chi Minh City, Victnilnl n IN ins e*Vn111or"JiV ug 1 1000! A "PARTIT1W WALLSW -, I D I I N T AN'[ 0'." R", _ �'OQ'IFRAMED1. V W-5 � SYSTEM 'DESCRIPTION SKETCH AND DESIGN DATA M rIUE1N'0__'R" H 0 U R.Tj F45: N FIRE �MUT-Rffl 2, GYPSUM WALLBOARD, WOOD STUDS' One layer 5/e" type x gypsum wallboard or gypsum veneer base applied parallel or at right angles to each side of double row of 2 x 4 wood studs 16" o.c. on separate plates 1" apart with 6d coated nails, 1 I/s" long, 0.0915" shank,'/4" heads, 7" o.c.- Joints staggered 16" on opposite sides. Horizontal bracing required at mid height. (LOAD - BEARING) Thickness: ill. Approx. Weight: 8 psf Fire Test: See WP 3605 (UL Rl 319-4, opy 6, 6-17-52; UL R2717-39, .1 -20-66; UL R3501-52, 3-.15-66, Design U305; ULC Design W301) Sound Test: Estimated FIRE�,NOWP� 38 NM ) FIRE �t,SOUND GYPSUM WALLBOARD, WOOD STUDS 7777777= One layer 5/e" type X gypsum wallboard or gypsum veneer base applied parallel or at right angles to each side of 2 x 4 wood studs 16" o.c. staggered 8" o.c. on 2 x 6 wood plates with 6d coated nails, 1%" long, 0.0915" shank,'/4" heads, 7" o.c. Joints staggered 24" on opposite sides. Horizontal bracing required at mid height. (LOAD -BEARING) ITY OF- QUINTA CITY OF LA QUINTA . 1 T_ DEPT. FETY DEPT. T hickness: 73/4" & BUILDING &.SAFEW BUILDING -Approx. Weight: 8 psf Fire Test: See WP 3605 (UL R1319-4, 6, 6-17-52; UL R27117-39, 1-20-66; UL R3501-52, 3-15-66, Design U305; ULC Design W3.01) DATE BY Sound Test: Estimated AZ GYPSUM LATH, GYPSUM PLASTER, WOOD STUDS 1/2" 1:2 gypsum -sand plaster applied over 3/8" plain gypsum lath applied at right angles to each side of 2 x 4 wood studs 16" o.c. with 13 gage blued lath nails, 11/8" long, 0.0915" shank, 1944" heads, 4" o.c. (LOAD -BEARING)' Thickness: 5 3/8'. Approx. Weight: 15 psf - Fire Test: OSU T-948, 7-17-58; OSU T-1 380, 7-5-60 Sound Test: RAL TL58-60,.8-7-58 M C-1 HOURS ?47C SOUND. GYPSUM LATH, GYPSUM PLASTER, WOOD STUDS 1/2" 1:2 gypsum -sand plaster appli6d over 3/8" type X gypsum lath applied at right angles to each side of 2 x 4 wood studs 16" o.c. with 13 gage blued lath nails, 11/8",Iong, 0.0915" shank, 19/64" heads, 5" o.c. (LOAD -BEARING) Thickness: 53/a" Approx. Weight: 15 psf Fire Test: OSU T-1488,12-60 Sound Test: - RAL,TL58-60 8-7 . -58 Contact -the manufacturer for more, detailed'.....— inf,)rmaiion on orogrietary oroducts. B-XUV.U305 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inca, Page 1 of 6 BXUV.U305 d Fire -Resistance Ratings --ANSI/UL 263 See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Design No. V305 December 17, 2004 Bearing,Wall Rating —1 HR. Finish Rating — See'Item 3. STC Rating - 56 (See Item 8 ) 1. Wood Studs— Nom 2 by 4 in. spaced 16 in. OC max, effectively firestopped. 2. Joints and.Nailheads — Exposed or covered with fiber tape and joint compound, except where required for specific edge configuration: For tapered, rounded -edge gypsum board, joints covered with joint compound or fiber tape and joint compound. As.an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard. Joints, reinforced. Nailheads exposed or covered with joint compound. ' 3. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. thick paper or vinyl surfaced, with beveled, square, or tapered edges, applied either horizontally or vertically. Gypsum boards nailed 7,in. OC with 6d cement coated nails 1-7/8 in. -long, 0.0915 in. shank diam and 15/64 in. diam heads. When used in widths of other than 48 in.', gypsum boards are to be installed horizontally. For an alternate method of attachment of gypsum boards, refer to Item,6 or 6A, Steel Framing Members*. When Item 6, Steel Framing Members*, is used, gypsum board attached to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S bugle -head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/,LISEXT/l FRAME/showpage2.html?name=BXUV.U305 &c... . 3/ 1 /2005 BXUV.U305 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page 2 of 6 When Item 6A, Steel Framing Members*, is used, two layers of gypsum board attached to fairing channels. Base layer attached to furring channels with 1 in. long Type S bugle -head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. Face layer attached to furring channels with 1-5/8 in. long Type S bugle -head steel screws spaced 12 in. OC. All joints in face layers staggered with joints in base layers. One layer of gypsum board attached to opposite side of wood stud without furring channels as described in Item 3. AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1 (finish rating 23-min.), Type AGX-11 (finish rating 26 min) or Type AG-C BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS CO LTD — Type DBX-1 (finish rating 24 min). BPB AMERICA INC — Type 1, .Type SF3 (finish rating 20 min) or FRPC, ProRoc Type C or ProRoc Type X (finish rating 26 min), Type EGRG (finish rating 23 min) BPB CANADA INC — ProRoc Type C, ProRoc Type X or ProRoc Type Abuse -Resistant (finish rating 26 min) CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY — Type AR (finish rating 26 min), Type C (finish rating 26 min), Type FCV (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-AR (finish rating 26 min), Type IPC-AR (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X1 (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X2 (finish rating 26 min), Type SCX (finish rating 26 min), Type SHX (finish rating 26 min), Type WRC (finish rating 26 min), Type WRX (finish rating 26 min) . G-P GYPSUM CORP, SUB OF GEORGIA-PACIFIC CORP.- Type 5 (finish rating 26 min), Type 6 (finish rating 23 min), Type 9 (finish rating 26 min), Type C (finish rating 26 min), Type DGG (finish rating 20 min), Type GPFS 1 (finish rating 20 min), Type GPFS2 (finish rating 20 min), Type GPFS6 (finish rating.26 min), Type DS, Type DAP, Type DD (finish rating 20 min), DA. LAFARGE NORTH AMERICA INC — Type LGFC2 (finish rating 20 min), Type LGFC3 (finish rating 20 min), Type LGFC6 (finish rating 26 min), Type LGFC-C (finish rating 20 min), Type LGFC6A (finish rating 34 min), Type LGFC2A, Type LGFC-C/A. NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — Type FSK (finish rating 20 min), Type FSK-G (finish rating 20 min), Type FSW (finish rating 20 min), Type FSW-2 (finish rating 24 min), Type FSW-3 (finish rating 20 min), Type FSW-5 (finish rating 22 min), Type FSW-G (finish rating 20 min),"Type FSK C (finish rating 20 min), Type FSW-C (finish rating 20 min). PABCO GYPSUM, DIV OF PACIFIC•COAST BUILDING PRODUCTS INC — Types C, PG-2 (finish rating 20 min), PG-3 (finish rating 20 min), Types PG-3W, PG-5W (finish rating 20 min), Type PG-4 (finish rating 20 min), Type PG-6 (finish rating 23 min), Types PG-3WS, PG-5WS (finish rating 20 min), Types PG- http://database.ul.comlcgi-binIXYVItemplatelLISEXTI1 FRAMElshowpage2.html?name=BXUV.U305 &c... 3/ 1 /2005 BB,XUV.U305 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSUU, 263 5, PG-9 (finish rating 26 min) or Type PG-C. Page 3 of 6 PANEL REY S A — Type PRX. SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY (SARABURI) CO LTD — Type EX-1 (finish rating 26 min) STANDARD GYPSUM L L C — Type SGC(finish rating 20 min), Type SGC-3 (finish rating 20 min.) Type SG-C or SGC-G(finish rating 20 min). TEMPLE -INLAND FOREST PRODUCTS CORP - Types T (finish rating 20 min), VPB-Type T (finish rating 20 min), WR-Type T (finish rating 20 min), Type T SHTG (finish rating 20 min), FRX-6, VPBX-6, FRWRX-6, TG-C or FRX-6 Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO —Type AR (finish rating 26'min), Type SCX (finish rating 26 min), Type C (finish rating 26 min), Type WRX (finish rating 26 min), Type WRC (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X1 (finish rating 26 min), Type FCV (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X2 (finish rating 26 min), Type SHX (finish rating 26 min), Type FRX-G (finish rating 29 min), Type IP-AR (finish rating 26 min), Type IPC-AR (finish rating 26 min). I , USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type AR (finish rating 26 min), Type C (finish rating 26 min), Type WRX (finish rating 26 min), Type WRC (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X1 (finish rating 26 min), Type FCV (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X2 (finish rating 26 min), Type SHX (finish rating 26 min), SCX (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-AR (finish rating 26 min), Type IPC-AR (finish rating 26 min). 3A. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 3) — Nom 3/4 in. thick, installed as described in Item 3. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY — Types AR, IP-AR. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types AR, IP-AR. USG MEXICO S A DE C V = Types AR, IP-AR. 3B. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 3 and 3A) — 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, square edge, applied vertically. Gypsum board nailed 8 in. OC with 1-3/4 in. long galvanized roofing nails. Joint covering (Item 2) not required. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY — Type WSX (finished rating 22 min). UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type WSX (finished rating 22 min). http://database.ul.comlcgi-binIXYV/templatelLISEXT/1 FRAMElshowpage2.html?name=BXUV.U305&c... 3/l /2005 BXUV.'U305 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSIUUL 263 Page 4 of 6 USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type WSX (finished rating 22 min). 3C. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 3, 3A and 3B) - 5/8 in. thick, 2 ft wide, tongue and groove edge, applied horizontally 'to one side of the assembly. Secured as described in Item 3. Joint covering (Item 2) not required. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY — Type SHX. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type SHX. USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type SHX. 4. Steel Corner Fasteners — (Optional) — For use at wall corners. Channel shaped, 2 in. long by f in. high on the back side with two 1/8 in. wide cleats protruding into the 5/8 in. wide channel, fabricated from 24 gauge galv steel. Fasteners applied. only to the end or cut edge (not along tapered edges) of.the gypsum board, no greater than 2 in. from corner of gypsum board, max spacing 16 in. OC. Nailed to adjacent stud through tab using one No. 6d cement coated nail per fastener. Corners of wall board shall be nailed to top and'bottom plate using No. 6d cement coated nails. 5. Batis and Blankets* — (Optional - Required when Item 6A is used ) Glass fiber or mineral wool insulation. Placed to completely or,partially fill the stud cavities. When Item 6A is used, glass fiber or mineral wool insulation shall be placed to completely fill the stud cavities and shall be secured to the studs 24 in. OC with staples, nails or screws. CERTAINTEED CORP ' GUARDIAN FIBERGLASS INC JOHNS MANVILLE INTERNATIONAL INC KNAUF FIBER GLASS GMBH OWENS -CORNING HT INC; DIV OF OWENS CORNING — Corning Fiberglas Corp. ROCK WOOL MANUFACTURING CO — Delta Board. ROXULINC THERMAFIBER INC — Type SAFB. http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/ 1 FRAME/showpage2.html?name=BXUV.U305 &c:.. 3/l /2005 BXUV U305 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page 5 of 6 5A. Fiber, Sprayed* - (Not shown - Not for use with Item 6A ) As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) — Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity in. accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Nominal dry density of 3.0 lb/ft3. Alternate application method: The fiber is applied with U.S. Greenfiber LLC Type AD100 hot melt adhesive at a nominal ratio of one part adhesive to.6.6 parts fiber to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the.application instructions supplied with the product. Nominal dry density of 2.5 lb/ft3. U S GREENFIBER L L C — Cocoon2 Stabilized or Cocoon-FRM (Fire Rated Material) 5B. Fiber, Sprayed* — (Not shown - Not for use with Item 6A ) As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) and Item 5A - Spray applied cellulose insulation material. The fiber is applied with water to interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU -WOOL CO INC — Cellulose Insulation 6. Steel Framing Members (Optional, Not Shown)* — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs: Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. As an alternate, .ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self -tapping #6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 3. b. Steel Framing Members* — used to attach furring channels (Item 6 a) to . studs . Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. PAC INTERNATIONAL INC — Type RSIC-1. 6A. Steel Framing Members (Optional, Not Shown)* — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members on one side of studs as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. Batts and Blankets placed in stud cavity as described in Item 5. Two layers of gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 3. b. Steel Framing Members* — used 'to attach furring channels (Item 6Aa) to one side of studs only. Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with two No. 8 x http://database.ul.comlcgi-bin/XYVItemplatelLISEXT11 FRAMElshowpage2.html?name=BXUV.U305 &c... 3/1 /2005 ;BXUV.U305 - Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Page 6 of 6 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screws, one through the hole at each -end of the clip. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. KINETICS NOISE CONTROL INC — Type Isomax. 7. Caulking and Sealants — (not shown, optional) A bead of acoustical sealant applied around the partition perimeter for sound control 8. STC. Rating — The STC Rating of the wall assembly is 56 when it is constructed as described by Items 1 through 6, except: A. Item 1, above - Nailheads Shall be covered with joint compound B. Item 2, above - Joints As described, shall be covered with fiber tape and joint compound. C. Item 5, above - Batts and Blankets* The cavities formed by the studs shall be friction fit with R- 19 unfaced fiberglass insulation batts measuring 6-1/4 in. thick and 15-1/4 in. wide. D. Item 6, above - Steel Framing Members* Shall be used to attach gypsum board to studs on either the acoustical source or receiving side of the wall assembly. E. Item 7, above - Caulking and Sealants (not shown) A bead of acoustical sealant shall be applied around the partition perimeter.for sound control. F. Steel Corner Fasteners (Item 4), Fiber, Sprayed (Items 5A and 5B ) and Steel Framing Members (Item 6A); not.evaluated'as alternatives for obtaining STC rating. *Bearing the UL Classification Mark Last Updated on 2004-12-17 This page and all contents are Copyright © 2005 by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Listed and covered under UL's Follow - Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Designs and/or Listings (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non -misleading manner, without any manipulation of . the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from Underwriters Laboratories Inc." must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition, the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the following format: "Copyright © 2005 Underwriters Laboratories Inc.®" An independent organization working for a safer world with integrity, precision and knowledge. http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1 FRAME/showpage2.htm1?name=BXUV.U305 &c... 3/ 1 /2005 BXtiTV--.U305,--Fire-Resistance-Ratings--.ANSI/UL--263 ------ -- ---,____----._...-.•--_-- - -__—Page 1-of-6:-. -. - U Underwriters L Laboratories Inca BXUV.U305 Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 See General Information for Fire Resistance Ratings - ANSI/UL 263 Design No._U305 December 17, 2004.' Bearing Wall Rating —1 HR. Finish Rating — See Item 3. STC Rating - 56 (See Item 8 ) CITY OF LA,, QUINTA E;UILDiNG & SA ETY DEFT. DATE - BY - 1. Wood Studs — Nom 2 by 4 in. spaced 16 in. OC max, effectively firestopped. 2. Joints and Nailheads — Exposed or covered with fiber tape and joint compound, except where required for specific edge configuration: For tapered, rounded -edge gypsum board, joints covered with joint compound or fiber tape and joint compound. As an alternate, nom 3/32 in. thick gypsum veneer plaster may be applied to the entire surface of Classified veneer baseboard. Joints reinforced. Nailheads exposed or covered with joint compound. 3. Gypsum Board* — 5/8 in. thick paper or vinyl surfaced, with beveled; square, or tapered edges, applied either horizontally or vertically. Gypsum boards nailed 7 in. OC with 6d cement coated nails 1-7/8 in. long, 0.0915 in. shank diam and 15/64 in. diam heads. When used in widths of other than 48 in., gypsum boards are to be installed horizontally. For an alternate method of attachment of gypsum boards, refer to Item 6 or 6A, Steel Framing Members*. When Item 6,-Steel Framing Members*; -is -used, gypsum board attached -to furring-channels--with-I _-- inlong Type-S-bugle=head steel screws spaced 12 in._OC: - http://database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1 FRAME/showpage2.html?name=BXUV.U305 &c... . 3/1 /2005 --BXU7V-:U305--.-Fire-Resistance-Ratin s-= AN-S-I/UL 26--- — -- — — —� g 3_ Page 2-0 - f 6-- ,_.:. _ _- _ , .mow _ w..,. �- `:... _ - - - A _ _ �'` _.., _ _... __--�-•--- '.._ _ - Wheri Item Steel Fr ing Members*,,is.used,-two-layers,-of'gypsum:board atta d o fumng .. . • : channelsase`layer,:attachedao furring channels with'1"irilong-Type Sbugle=head s eel screws' e spaced 12`m OC"Face�lay_er attached'to furring channels.with-1-5/8•m.=long Type S�bugle-he dateel screjvs s-ppaaceed-1 OC.,AII•joints-in face layersataggered withloints.in base;layers:.One layer:of, " ,gypsum,board'attached,taopposite side _of wood stud witho�ut'furring`channels as described'.in=Items AMERICAN GYPSUM CO — Types AGX-1, (finish rating 23 min.), Type AGX-I I (finish rating 26 min) or Type AG-C% ; .BEIJING NEW BUILDING MATERIALS CO LTD — Type DBX-1 (finish rating 24 min). BPB AMERICA INC — Type 1; Type SF3 (finish rating 20 min) or FRPC, ProRoc Type C or ProRoc Type X (finish rating 26 min), Type EGRG. (finish rating 23, min) - 'BPB CANADA INC = ProRoc.Type'C; ProRoc Type X*or ProRoc Type Abuse-Resisiant (finish rating'26 min) f CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY —'Type AR (finish rating 26 min), Type C (finish rating 26 .' ,min), Type FCV (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-AR (finish rating 26 min), Type IPC-AR (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X1 (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X2 (finish rating 26 min), Type SCX (finish rating 26,min), Type SHX (finish rating 26 min), Type WRC (finish rating 26 min), Type WRX (finish rating 26 min) G-P GYPSUM CORP, SUB OF - . - .4 ' GEORGIA-PACIFIC CORP = Type 5.(finish rating 26 min), Type 6 (finish rating 23 min), Type 9.(finish rating 26 min), Type C•(finish,rating 26 min), Type DGG (finish rating 20 min), Type GPFS 1 (finish rating 20 min), Type GPFS2 (finish rating 20 min), Type GPFS6 (finish rating 26 min), Type DS, Type DAP, Type DD (finish rating-20`min), DA. ;. . LAFARGE NORTH AMERICA� INC — Type LGFC2 (finish rating 20 min), Type LGFC3 (finish ' rating 20 min), Type LGFC6 (finish rating 26 min), Type LGFC'C.(finish rating 20 min), Type LGFC6A (finish rating 34 min), Type•LGFC2A, Type LGFC-C/A. ' NATIONAL GYPSUM CO — T.ype,FSK (finish rating 20 min), Type FSK-G (finish rating 20 min), Type FSW (finish rating 20 min); Type FSW-2 (finish rating 24 min), Type FSW-3 (finish rating 20 min), Type FSW-5 (finish rating 22 min), Type FSW-G (finish rating 20 min), Type FSK' C (finish rating 20 min), Type FSW' C (finish rating 20 min).,_ PABCO GYPSUM, DIV OF, PACIFIC:COAST,BUILDING PRODUCTS.INC'— Types C, PG-2 (finish rating 20 min),-PG'-3 ' (finish'rating 20 min), Types PG-3W, PG-5W (finish rating 20 min), Type PG-4 (finish rating 20 min), Type PG-6'(finish rating23-min), Types PG-3WS,.PG--5WS (finish rating 20 min), Types PG- http J/database.ul.com/cgi-bm/XYV/template/LISEXT/ 1 FRAME/sli6wpage2.htrnl?name=BXUV.U365 &c... 3/1 /2�005 B--X-3V-U305 = Fire -Resistance -Ratings � ANSI/UL-263 - 5, PG-9 (finish rating 26 min) or.Type PG-C. . age 3-of 6 T PANEL REY S A — Type PRX. SIAM GYPSUM INDUSTRY (SARABURI) CO. LTD — Type EX-1 (finish rating 26 min) STANDARD GYPSUM L L C — Type SGC(finish rating 20 min), Type SGC-3 (finish rating 20 min.) Type SG-C or SGC-G(finish rating 20 min). TEMPLE -INLAND FOREST PRODUCTS CORP — Types T (finish rating 20 min), VPB-Type T (finish rating 20 min), WR-Type T (finish rating 20 min), Type T SHTG (finish rating 20 min), FRX-6, VPBX-6, FRWRX-6, TG-C or FRX-6 Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board.,, UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO —Type AR (finish rating 26 min), Type SCX (finish rating 26 min); Type C (finish rating-26 min), Type WRX (finish rating 26 min), Type WRC (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X1 (finish rating 26 min), Type FCV (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X2 (finish rating 26 min), Type SHX (finish rating 26 min), Type FRX-G (finish rating 29 min), Type IP-AR (finish rating 26 min), Type IPC-AR (finish rating 26 min). USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type AR (finish rating 26 min), Type C (finish rating 26 min), Type WRX (finish rating 26 min), Type WRC (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X1 (finish rating 26 min), Type FCV (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-X2 (finish rating 26 min), Type SHX (finish rating .26 min), SCX (finish rating 26 min), Type IP-AR (finish rating 26 min), Type IPC-AR (finish rating 26 min). 3A. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Item 3) — Nom 3/4 in. thick, installed as described in Item 3. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY — Types AR, IP-AR. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Types AR, IP-AR. USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Types AR, IP-AR. 3B. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 3 and 3A) = 5/8 in. thick, 4 ft wide, square edge, applied vertically. Gypsum board nailed 8 in. OC with 1-3/4 in. long galvanized roofing nails. Joint covering (Item 2) not required. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY — Type WSX (finished rating 22 min). 1 UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO — Type WSX (finished rating 22 min). http://database.ul. com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/ 1 FRAME/showpage2.htm1?name=BXUV .U3 05 &c... 3/ 1 /2005 —BX-U-V_:U3.05-=Fire Resistance-Ratings---ANSUL- L 263 USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type WSX (finished rating 22 min): 3C. Gypsum Board* — (As an alternate to Items 3, 3A and 3B) - 5/8 in. thick, 2 ft wide, tongue and groove edge, applied horizontally to one side of the assembly. Secured as described in Item 3. - Joint covering (Item 2) not required. CANADIAN GYPSUM COMPANY — Type SHX. UNITED STATES GYPSUM CO - Type SHX. USG MEXICO S A DE C V — Type SHX. 4. Steel Corner Fasteners — (Optional) — For use at wall corners. Channel shaped, 2 in. long by 1 in. high on the back side with two 1/8 in. wide cleats protruding into the 5/8 in. wide channel, fabricated from 24 gauge galy steel: Fasteners applied only to the end or cut edge (not along tapered edges) of.the gypsum board, no greater than 2 in. from corner of gypsum. board,.max spacing 16 in. OC. Nailed to adjacent stud through tab using one No. 6d cement coated nail per fastener. Corners of wall board shall be nailed to top and bottom plate using No. 6d cement coated nails. 5. Batts and Blankets* — (Optional-- Required when Item 6A is used ) Glass fiber or mineral wool insulation. Placed to completely or partially fill the stud cavities. When Item 6A is used, glass -fiber or mineral wool insulation shall be placed to completely fill the stud cavities and shall be secured to the studs 24 in. OC with staples, nails or screws. CERTAINTEED CORP GUARDIAN FIBERGLASS INC JOHNS MANVILLE INTERNATIONAL INC KNAUF FIBER GLASS GMBH u OWENS CORNING HT INC; DIV OF OWENS CORNING — Corning Fiberglas Corp. ROCK WOOL MANUFACTURING CO = Delta Board. ROXULINC THERMAFIBER INC — Type SAFB. http ://database.ul. comlcgi-binIXYVItemplatelLISEXTI1 FRAMElshowpage2.html?name=BXUV.U305 &c:.. 3/ I/2005 —BXLJV _U105.=- Eire. Res istance_Ratings —.ANSUL-JL--263 --- -- -- --- - — page-5-of 6 - 5A. Fiber, Sprayed* — (Not shown -Not for use with Item 6A ) As an'alternate to Batts and ' Blankets (Item 5) — Spray applied cellulose material. The fiber is applied with water to completely fill the enclosed cavity inaccordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Nominal dry density of 3.0 lb/ft3. Alternate application method: The fiber is applied with U.S. Greenfiber LLC Type •AD100 hot melt adhesive at a nominal ratio of one part adhesive to.6.6 parts fiber to completely fill the enclosed cavity in accordance with the. application instructions supplied with the product. Nominal dry density of 2.51b/ft3. U S GREENFIBER L L C — Cocoon2.Stabilized or Cocoon-FRM (Fire Rated Material) 5B. Fiber, Sprayed* - (Not shown - Not for use with Item 6A ) As an alternate to Batts and Blankets (Item 5) and Item 5A - Spray applied cellulose insulation material. The fiber is applied with water to interior surfaces in accordance with the application instructions supplied with the product. Applied to completely fill the enclosed cavity. Minimum dry density of 4.3 pounds per cubic ft. NU -WOOL CO INC — Cellulose Insulation Steel -Framing -Members -(Optional _Not.Shown)*�— Furring channels and Steel Framing Members -as descrilied'beloW: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel. 2-3/8 in. wide by 7/8 in. deep, spaced 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of . overlap. As an alternate, ends of adjoining channels may be overlapped 6 in. and secured together with two self -tapping #6 framing screws, min. 7/16 in. long at the .midpoint of the overlap, with one screw on each flange of the channel. Gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 3. b. Steel Framing Members* — used to attach furring channels (Item 6 a) to studs . Clips spaced 48 in. OC., and secured to studs with No. 8 x 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screw through the center grommet. Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. PAC INTERNATIONAL INC — Type RSIC-1. 6A. Steel Framing Members (Optional, Not Shown)* — Furring channels and Steel Framing Members on one side of studs as described below: a. Furring Channels — Formed of No. 25 MSG galv steel, spaced. 24 in. OC perpendicular to studs. Channels secured to studs as described in Item b. Ends of adjoining channels are overlapped 6 in. and tied together with double strand of No. 18 SWG galv steel wire near each end of overlap. Batts and Blankets placed in stud cavity as:described in Item 5. Two layers of gypsum board attached to furring channels as described in Item 3. b. Steel Framing Members* — used to attach furring channels (Item 6Aa) to one side of studs only. Clips spaced 48 in: OC., and secured to studs with two No. 8 x http://database.ul.comlcgi-binIXYVItemplatelLISEXT/1 FRAMElshowpage2.html?name=BXUV.U305&c... 3/1 /2005 --BX:JV U305- =Fire Resistance -Ratings-- ANSIIUL'-263 - - -- - • - page=6-of 6--�--- 2-1/2 in. coarse drywall screws, one through the hole at each end of the clip: Furring channels are friction fitted into clips. KINETICS NOISE CONTROL INC - Type Isomax. ' 7. Caulking and Sealants (riot shown, optional) A bead of acoustical sealant applied around the f partition perimeter for sound control. ` 8. STC Rating — The STC Rating of the wall assembly is 56 when it is constructed as described by Items 1 through 6, except: . A.' Item 1, `above - Nailheads Shall be covered with joint compound. B. Item 2, above - Joints As described, shall be covered with.fiber tape and joint compound: ' C..Item 5Yabove = Batts and`Blanket`s*'The cavities'formed'by the'studs 1 shall`be'friction fit with R- 19 unfaced fiberglass insulation batts measuring 6-1/4 in. thick and 15-1/4 in.,wide 7 . ------ �., _ - A D..,Item 6; above =Steel Framuig Members* Shall be used to attach gypsum,board to'studs-orreither ce or receiving sid of the.: assembly. the acoustical sour . r E..Item.Z.above -_Caullcing,and Sealants (not shown) ;A -bead of acoustical sealant shall be applied'' ard.the partition perimeter.for-sound control:= _ F. Steel Corner Fasteners (Item 4), Fiber, Sprayed (Items 5A and 5B) and Steel Framing Members . (Item 6A), not. evaluated as alternatives for obtaining STC rating. *' 4 *Bearing the UL Classification Mark , f Last Undated on 2004712-17 This page and all contents are Copyright © 2005 by Underwriteis Laboratories Inc.® The appearance of a company's name or product in this database does not in itself assure that products so identified have been manufactured under UL's Follow -Up -Service. Only those products bearing the UL Mark should be considered to be Listed and covered under UL's Follow - Up Service. Always look for the Mark on the product. UL permits the reproduction of the material contained in the Online Certification Directory subject to the following conditions: 1. The Guide Information, Designs and/or Listings (files) must be presented in their entirety and in a non -misleading manner, .without any manipulation of. the data (or drawings). 2. The statement "Reprinted from the Online Certifications Directory with permission from Underwriters Laboratories Inc." must appear adjacent to the extracted material. In addition; the reprinted material must include a copyright notice in the'following'format: "Copyright © 2005 Underwriters Laboratories Inc.®" An independent organization working for a safer world with. integrity, precision an,d k n o w I a d g e s http //database.ul.com/cgi-bin/XYV/template/LISEXT/1FRAME/showpage2.htm1?name=BXUV.U305&c... 3/l/2005 1 F-45REPORT TM ER-4004 Reissued September 1, 2002 `ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. • 5360 Workman Mill Road, Whittier, California 90601 • www.icboes.org Filing Category: EXTERIOR COATINGS OMEGA DIAMOND WALL INSULATING EXTERIOR STUCCO SYSTEM #4004 OMEGA PRODUCTS INTERNATIONAL, INC. 1681 CALIFORNIA DRIVE CORONA, CALIFORNIA-92881 1.0 SUBJECT C ITY OF CA QUINTA & SAFETY �E�PT. Omega DiamondExterior Stucco ys em #4004. [2.0 DESCRIPTION2.1 General: The Omega Diamog xtenor�Stacc #4004 is a proprietary mixture o po an ceme , fibers, water and proprietary ingredients reinforced with wire fabric or metal lath, and applied to substrates of expanded polystyrene (EPS), extruded polystyrene (XEPS) and polyisocyanurate foam insulation boards, Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material, concrete or concrete masonry, wood structural panels, fiberboard, and gypsum sheathing. The system is installed on exterior walls of wood or steel stud construction, and concrete or concrete masonry walls. 2.2 Materials: 2.2.1 Concentrate: The concentrate is a factory -prepared mixture of Type I or II portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, chopped fibers and proprietary additives. The mixture is packaged in 80-pound (36 kg) bags. Approximately 41/2 to 6 gallons (17 to 22.7 L) of water and between 160 and 240 pounds (72 and,109 kg) of sand are added to each bag in the field, and mixing is done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. As an alternate, the Diamond Wall PM system allows the substitution of the Omega Diamond Wall PM Admix 500, an admixture composed of acrylic polymers and modifiers, for approximately one half of the water. requirement. The Admix 500 is packaged in 1-gallon (3.8 L) bottles, 3'/2 gallon (13.25 L) pails, or 5-gallon (18.9 L) pails. The admixture has a shelf life of approximately one year when protected from extreme sunlight and freezing for extended periods. Storage temperatures should generally be between 40°F and 110°F (4°C and 39°C). The Diamond Wall PM system requires the inspections specified in Section 2.7.1 of this report. 2.2.2 Sand: Sand must be clean and free from deleterious amounts of loam, clay, silt, soluble salts and organic matter. Sampling and testing must comply with ASTM C 144 or C 897. Sand must be graded in accordance with ASTM C 144 or C 897 or within the following limits: RETAINED ON U.S. STANDARD SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED BY WEIGHT 12 PERCENT Min Max No. 4 0 No. 8 0 10 No. 16 10 40 No. 30 30 65 No. 50 70 90 No. 100 95 1 100 2.2.3 Insulation Board: 2.2.3.1 EPS Insulation Board: EPS board has a nominal density of 1.5 pounds per cubic foot (24 kg/m3), a Class I flame -spread classification and a smoke -developed rating not exceeding 450 and must comply with ASTM C 578-95, as Type 11 boards. Boards installed without sheathing over open framing are 1 to 1'/2 inches (2.5 to 3.8 mm) thick and are provided with 3/,-inch-high (9.5 mm) tongues with compatible grooves for horizontal joints. See Figure 1 for joint details. All boards must be recognized in a current evaluation report issued by ICBO ES. See Section 2.8 for board identification. Over solid substrates, a square -edge foam plastic board with a minimum 1/2-inch (25.4 mm) thickness and a minimum nominal density of 1 pcf (16 kg/m3) is permitted. 2.2.3.2 XEPS Insulation Board: This board has a minimum nominal density of 1.5 pounds per cubic foot (24 kg/m3) and must comply with ASTM C 578-95, as Type II boards. See Section 2.2.3.1 for other details and requirements. 2.2.3.3 Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material: Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material is described in evaluation report ER- 3335. 2.2.3.4 Polyisocyan u rate Foam Board: Polyisocya nu rate foam plastic board has a nominal density of 2 pounds per cubic foot (32 kg/m3), a maximum flame -spread rating of 25 and a smoke -developed rating not exceeding 450 and must comply with ASTM C 1289-98. The foam plastic board is 1 to 11/2 inches (2.5 to 3.8 mm) thick, is provided with 3/,-inch-high (9.5 mm) tongues with compatible grooves for horizontal joints, and is limited to nonfire-rated and combustible construction. See Figure 1 forjoint details. All boards must be recognized in a current evaluation report issued by ICBO ES or the National Evaluation Service. See Section 2.8 for board identification. Over solid substrates, a square -edge foam plastic board is permitted with the same requirements set forth in Section 2.2.3.1. 2.2.4 Lath: 2.2.4.1 Wire Fabric Lath: Minimum No. 20 gage [0.0350- inch (0.8889 mm)], 1-inch (25 mm) galvanized steel, woven - wire fabric. Lath must be self -furring or furred when applied overall substrates except unbacked polystyrene board. Self - furring lath for coatings must comply with the following requirements: REPORTS`" are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by lCBO Evaluation Service, Inc., express or implied, as to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. copyrignt v zuuz Page 1 of 11 t Page 2 of 11 ER-4004 1. The maximum total coating thickness is 1/2 inch (12.7 mm). 2. Furring crimps must be provided at maximum 6-inch (152 mm) intervals each way. The crimps must fur the body of the lath V, inch (3.2 mm), minimum, from the substrate after installation. 2.2.4.2 Metal Lath: Complies with Table 25-B of the 1997 Uniform Building CodeTm (UBC). Furring and self -furring requirements are as set forth for wire fabric lath. 2.2.5 Gypsum Sheathing Board: The gypsum sheathing board is water-resistant core gypsum sheathing complying with ASTM C 79-92, 2.2.6 Fiberboard: The fiberboard is minimum '/Z inch -thick (12.7 mm), asphalt -impregnated fiberboard complying with ANSI/AHA A 194.1 as a regular -density sheathing. 2.2.7 Wood Structural Panels: The wood structural panels are minimum 5/1,-inch-thick (7.9 mm) panels with exterior glue for studs spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center, and minimum 3/9 inch -thick (9.5 mm) panels with exterior glue for studs spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. Plywood must comply with UBC Standard 23-2. Oriented strand board must comply with UBC Standard 23-3. 2.2.8 Caulking: Acrylic latex caulking material complying with ASTM C 834. 2.2.9 Weather -resistive Barrier: Minimum Grade D kraft building paper complying with UBC Standard 14-1 is required. The weather -resistive barrier is placed over all substrates except for EPS board, where the barrier may be behind the board. Application of the barrier must comply with Section 1402.1 of the UBC. When applied over any wood -based sheathing, the barrier must be a minimum of two layers of Grade D building paper as set forth in Section 2506.4 of the code, or one layer of 1-inch-thick (25.4 mm) EPS or XEPS foam plastic board with horizontal tongue and groove edges, as described in Section 2.2.3.1 or 2.2.3.2, respectively, over one layer of Grade D building paper having a minimum water resistance of 60 minutes. 2.2.10 Fibers: The fibers area blend of'/2-inch (12.7 mm) polypropylene fibers and'/2 inch (12.7 mm) glass fibers. 2.2.11 Admixtures: The admixtures consist of proprietary ingredients included to improve the quality of the coating mixture. 2.2.12 Miscellaneous: All trim, screeds and corner reinforcement must be galvanized steel or approved plastic. 2.3 Installation: 2.3.1 General: The exterior cementitious coating is applied by hand -troweling or machine -spraying, in one coat, to a minimum 3/,-inch (9.5 mm) thickness. Nominal thickness around penetrations is 3/, inch, backed by framing'or blocking. The lath must be embedded in the minimum coating thickness and therefore cannot be exposed. Conventional water -based paint may be applied after 48 hours of curing; solvent -based paints may be applied after 10 days of curing. Fasteners for lath must penetrate a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) into wood framing. Flashing, corner reinforcement, metal trim and weep screeds must be installed as shown in Figure 2. The coating is applied at ambient air temperatures of 40°F to 120°F (4°C to 49°C) by applicators approved by Omega Products International, Inc. The weather -resistive barrier must be applied as set forth in Section 2.2.9. An installation card, such as shown in Figure 3, must be on the jobsite, with the name of the applicator and the product to be used, before any weather -resistive barrier or exterior sheathing is installed. Also see Section 4.6 of this report. 2.3.2 Application Over Open Framing: 2.3.2.1 Foam Plastic Insulation Boards: The weather - resistive barrier is placed over open studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The EPS, XEPS, or polyisocyanurate board, as described in Section 2.2.3.1, 2.2.3.2, or 2.2.3.4, respectively, is attached using galvanized staples or roofing nails. Vertical butt joints must be staggered at least one stud space from adjacent courses, and must occur directly over studs. The lath is then applied tightly over the foam plastic insulation board and fastened through the board to wood studs, using No. 11 gage galvanized roofing nails or No. 16 gage staples spaced 6 inches (152 mm) on center with a minimum 1-inch (25 mm) penetration into the studs. Staples must have a minimum crown width of/16 inch (11.1 mm). For nails, the wood species is Douglas fir -larch. For staple spacing with various ,wood species and staple gages, see Table 1. Care must be taken to avoid overdriving fasteners. The Omega Diamond Wallcoating system may also be applied to minimum No. 20 gage [0.0359-inch (0.91 mm)] steel studs spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. No. 20 gage by 1-inch (25 mm) wire lath is applied tightly over the foam plastic board and is fastened through the board and weather -resistive barrier to the metal studs, using minimum No. 8 screws having a 3/8 inch -diameter (9.5 mm) pan head, at 7 inches (178 mm) on center to all studs and track. The lath is applied with 2-inch (51 mm) end and side laps. Screws must penetrate the studs a minimum of inch (12.7 mm). Wall bracing in accordance with Section 2320.11.3 or 2320.11.3 of the code, or an acceptable alternate, is required. Square wall corners and parapet corners are covered with metal corner reinforcement. For round wall, bull nose and parapet corners, metal reinforcement is optional when construction is in accordance with Figure 2. Weep screeds must comply with and be installed at the bottom of the wall in accordance with Section 2506.5 of the code. Galvanized steel, 1% inch (3.5 mm), J-shaped trim pieces are installed at other areas where foam is exposed. At windows and doors, flashing described and installed in accordance with Section 1402.2 of the code is required. Butting J-trim and approved metal edges, when installed, must be caulked. Holes for hose bibbs, electrical panels and other penetrations of substrate surfaces, except those caused by fasteners, must also be caulked. The coating is applied after caulking, as described in Section 2.3.1. 2.3.2.2 Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material: The Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material is applied in accordance with evaluation report ER-3335 to wood studs a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on center, followed by 1'/2-inch (38.1 mm) by No. 17 gage woven lath lapped 2 inches (51 mm). The lath is secured through the Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material to the studs using 1-inch-crown (25 mm), No. 16 gage staples of sufficient leg length to penetrate studs a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm). The coating is applied as described in Section 2.3.1 to a minimum 5/,-inch (15.9 mm) thickness. Alternately, the base coat is a minimum of '/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick and is cured in accordance with Section 2.7.3. The finish coat is then applied over the cured base coat. Additional installation requirements are as noted in Section 2.3.2.1. 2.3.3 Application Over Solid Backing: 2.3.3.1 Fiberboard: Minimum 1/2-inch-thick (12.7 mm) fiberboard is installed directly to wood studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The fiberboard is temporarily held in place using corrosion -resistant staples or Page 3 of 11 ER-4004 roofing nails for wood studs or self -tapping screws for steel studs. A weather -resistive barrier must be applied over the fiberboard under the conditions set forth in Section 2.2.9 prior to installation of the lath or optional foam board. The lath is then attached to the studs through the sheathing, with fasteners and spacing as described in Section 2.3.2.1 of this report or as described in Table 23-II-B-1 of the UBC, whichever is more restrictive. All walls must be braced in accordance with the code. Exposed sheathing edges are protected with screeds. Holes in the substrate surface are caulked and the coating is applied in accordance with Section 2.3.1. The fiberboard, optional foam board, lath and coating may be applied to minimum No. 20 gage [0.0359 inch (0.91- mm)] steel studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center, provided the fasteners and their placement are as set forth in Section 2.3.2.1 for steel studs. 2.3.3.2 Gypsum Sheathing: Minimum '/Z inch -thick (12.7 mm), water-resistant core gypsum sheathing, complying with ASTM C 79, is installed directly over wood studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. Gypsum sheathing is fastened in accordance with Table 25-G of the code. A weather -resistive barrier is applied over the gypsum sheathing before application of lath or optional insulation board. The lath is then attached to studs through the sheathing, with fasteners and spacings as described for insulation board in Section 2.3.2 of this report. All walls must be braced in accordance with the code. Exposed sheathing edges are protected with screeds. Holes in the substrate surface are caulked, and the coating is applied as described in Sections 2.3.1 and 2.3.2. Application to minimum No. 20 gage [0.0359 inch (0.91 mm)] steel studs at a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center is permitted, provided No. 8 gage, Type S, drywall screws with 1-inch-diameter (25 mm) washers, or No. 81 self - tapping pan -head screws with a minimum 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) head diameter are installed at the same spacing as that for nails or staples in wood studs. 2.3.3.3 Wood -based Sheathing: Wood -based sheathing is applied directly to wood studs under the conditions set forth in Section 2.2.7 of this report and Table 23-IV-D-1 of the UBC. The weather -resistive barrier, wire fabric lath, optional foam board and coating are applied as described in Section 2.3.3.1 for fiberboard. Installation to minimum No. 20 gage [0.0396 inch (0.91 mm)) steel studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center, is also as described in Section 2.3.3.1 for fiberboard. For staple spacing and gages for lath attachment to wood studs of various species, with plywood and nominal '/Z inch -thick (12.7 mm) foam plastic, see Table 2. For staple spacing and gages for lath attachment to wood - based sheathing and wood studs of various species, having a nominal foam plastic thickness of 1 inch, see Table 3. 2.3.3.4 Concrete and Masonry: Surface must be clean, free of dust and other particles, and sufficiently damp to ensure proper bonding. The Diamond Wall is applied directly to the prepared surface at a minimum thickness of 3/9 inch (9.5 mm), in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 2.3.1. 2.4 One -hour Fire -resistive Assembly: 2.4.1 First Assembly: 2.4.1.1 Interior Face: One layer of 5/,-inch-thick (15.9 mm), Type X wallboard, water-resistant backer board or veneer base is applied parallel or at right angles to the interior face of 2-by-4 wood studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The wallboard is attached using 17/e inch -long (48 mm) 6d coated nails having a '/; inch -diameter (6.4 mm) head, at 7 inches (178 mm) on center to studs, plates and blocking. All wallboard joints must be backed with minimum 2-by4 wood framing and taped and treated with joint compound. Fastener heads must also be treated with joint compound. 2.4.1.2 Exterior Face: One layer of minimum 5/9 inch -thick (15.9 mm), Type X, water-resistant core gypsum sheathing, 48 inches (1219 mm) wide, is applied parallel to studs using No. 11 gage, galvanized roofing nails having a'/,s or'/, -inch - diameter (11.1 or 12.7 mm) head, at 4 inches (102 mm) on center at board edges and 7 inches (178 mm) on center at intermediate studs. The sheathing is nailed to top and bottom plates at 7 inches (178 mm) on center. A weather -resistive barrier is required over the sheathing. The lath and wall coating are then applied without insulation board as described in Section 2.3.2. 2.4.2 Second Assembly: 2.4.2.1 Interior Face: One layer of 5/', inch -thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum wallboard, complying with ASTM C 36, is applied horizontally to the interior face of wood studs spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on center. The wallboard is fastened to studs using 5d gypsum wallboard nails having minimum 15/,- inch -diameter (6 mm) head, at 6 inches (152 mm) on center to studs, plates and sills. All wallboard joints must be backed with minimum 2-by-4 wood framing, and taped and treated with joint compound. Fastener heads must also be treated with joint compound. Mineral wool insulation batts, R-13, 35/8 inches (92 mm) thick and having a minimum 1.97-pcf (31.56 kg/m3) density, are placed in the cavities between studs, and secured to studs. 2.4.2.2 Exterior Face: A weather -resistive barrier is applied over the exterior face of wood studs in accordance with Section 2.2.9. One -inch -thick (25 mm), 1.5-pcf-density (24 kg/m3) EPS board is applied in accordance with Section 2.3.2, followed by 1-inch (25 mm) by No. 20 gage woven -wire lath. The lath is fastened through the EPS board to studs and plates at 6 inches (152 mm) on center as required by Section 2.3.2.1. Lath overlaps are a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm). The Diamond Wall mixture, with glass fibers only, is then applied to the lath in accordance with Section 2.3.1. . 2.4.3 Third Assembly: 2.4.3.1 Interior Face: One layer of 5/,-inch-thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum wallboard, complying with ASTM C 36, is applied horizontally to the interior face of 2-by-4 wood studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The wallboard is fastened to the studs and perimeter framing using 15/8 inch -long (41.3 mm), 0.100-inch-diameter (2.54 mm) galvanized steel cup head nails, having a minimum head diameter of 0.300 inch (7.62 mm), spaced a maximum of 8 inches (203 mm) on center. All wallboard joints must be taped and treated with joint compound. All vertical joints in the wallboard must occur over studs. Fastener heads must also be taped and treated with joint compound. Fiberglass insulation batts, R-11, measuring 31/2 inches thick (89 mm) and having a minimum density of 0.62 pcf (9.93 kg/m3), are placed in the cavities between the framing and fastened to the framing. 2.4.3.2 Exterior Face: One layer of building paper is attached to the studs and perimeter framing in accordance with Section 1402.1 of the UBC. One -inch -thick (25 mm), 1.5 pcf density (24 kg/m3), tongue -and -groove EPS board is attached to the studs and perimeter framing in accordance with Section 2.3.2 of this report. All vertical joints in the EPS board must occur over studs. The EPS board is followed by 1-inch ( 25.4 mm) by No. 20 gage woven -wire lath fastened through the EPS boards to the studs and perimeter framing using 2-inch-long (51 mm), No. 16 gage galvanized staples, Page 4 of 11 ER-4004 having 15/,s inch (23.8 mm) crowns and spaced 6 inches (152 mm) on center. The Diamond Wall mixture is then applied to the lath in accordance with Section 2.3.1 of this report, at a minimum thickness of 3/9 inch (9.5 mm). 2.4.4. Fourth Assembly: 2.4.4.1 Interior Face: One layer of 5/,'inch-thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum wallboard, complying with ASTM C 36, is applied horizontally to the interior face of 2-by-4 wood studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The wallboard is fastened to the studs and perimeter framing using 15/e inch -long (41.3 mm), 0.100-inch-diameter (2.54 mm) galvanized steel cup head nails, having a minimum head diameter of 0.300 inch (7.62 mm) and spaced a maximum of 8 inches (203 mm) on center. All wallboard joints must be taped and treated with joint compound. All vertical joints in the wallboard must occur over studs. Fastener heads must also be taped and treated with joint compound. Kraft -paper -faced fiberglass insulation batts are placed in the cavities between the studs, with the kraft paper surface on the interior side of the wall and fastened to the studs. The insulation batts have an R-11 thermal resistance value, measure 3'/2 inches thick (89 mm), and have a minimum density of 0.65 pcf (10.41 kg/m3). 2.4.4.2 Exterior Face: One layer of 7/,s inch -thick (11.1 mm) OSB, or one layer of/Z inch -thick, water-resistant core treated gypsum board complying with ASTM C 79, is applied vertically to the wall, and fastened to the wood studs, sill and plates using 23/e inch -long (60 mm) 0. 1 13-inch-diameter (2.87 mm), 8d coated sinker nails having a minimum head diameter of 0.266 inch (6.76 mm) and spaced a maximum of 8 inches (1219 mm) on center. All vertical joints in the OSB or gypsum board must occur over studs. Two layers of building paper are applied to the exterior face and attached to the wood, studs. One -inch ( 25.4 mm) by No. 20 gage woven -wire lath is fastened through the OSB to the studs with 11/4 inch -long (31.7 mm), 0.125-inch-diameter (3.18 mm) nails having a minimum head diameter of 0.355 inch (9.02 mm). The nails are spaced 6 inches (152 mm) on center on the studs and perimeter framing. The Diamond Wall mixture is then applied to the lath in accordance with Section 2.3.1, at a minimum thickness of 3/8 inch (9.5 mm). 2.5 Noncombustible Construction: With foam plastic, the stucco system may be installed as noted in Sections 2.5.1 through 2.5.7 on exterior walls required to be of noncombustible construction. 2.5.1 Interior Finish: One layer of 5/8-inch-thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum wallboard, complying with ASTM C 36, is applied vertically to steel framing with ,all edges blocked. Fasteners are No. 8 by 1'/,-inch-long (32 mm) buglehead screws fastened to board joints at 8 inches (203 mm) on center and intermediate locations at 12 inches (305 mm) on center. All joints are taped and treated with joint compound. Intermediate fasteners are treated with joint compound. 2.5.2 Steel Framing: The steel framing is minimum 35/e- inch-deep (92 mm), minimum No. 20 gage [0.0359 inch (0.91 mm)] steel studs, spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on center. 2.5.3 Openings: Wall openings are framed with minimum 0. 1 25-inch-thick (3.2 mm) aluminum or steel framing. 2.5.4 Exterior Finish: One layer of minimum '/Z inch -thick (12.7 mm) gypsum sheathing, complying with ASTM C 79-92, is applied horizontally to the steel framing using No. 8 by 1'/,,- inch-long (32 mm) buglehead screws spaced 8 inches (203 mm) on center at all framing locations. 2.5.5 Stud Cavity: Where studs continue past floor levels, stud cavities at each floor level must be blocked with Thermafiber insulation. The Thermafiber insulation (ICBO ES Evaluation Report ER-2331.) is fitted into each stud cavity at the floor. The insulation has a minimum nominal 4-pound-per- cubic-foot density, is 4 inches (95 mm) thick and is approximately 6 to 8 inches (140 to 154 mm) wide. To fit within a stud cavity, it must be long enough to achieve a friction fit. 2.5.6 Stucco System: Where a weather -resistive barrier is required, the stucco system includes application of one layer of Pyro-Kure 600 vapor retarder, manufactured by Fortifiber. Pyro-Kure 600 vapor retarder has a maximum flame -spread rating of 25 and a maximum smoke -developed rating of 30, and qualifies as a Type 1, Grade A, weather -resistive barrier in accordance with UBC Standard 14-1. The vapor retarder is installed over the sheathing in accordance with Section 1402.1 of the code. Expanded polystyrene insulation board with a nominal 1.5-pound-per-cubic-foot density is installed at a 1-inch (25 mm) thickness horizontally in running bond to the sheathing. Reinforcement consists of a 1-inch (25 mm) by No. 20 gage, galvanized steel, self -furring, woven wire fabric lath. The lath, insulation board, and vapor retarder are positively fastened to the steel framing using No. 8 by 2'/2-inch-long (63.5 mm), waferhead, self -drilling screws spaced 8 inches (203 mm) on center to all framing members. The stucco with glass fibers is applied at a 3/9 inch (9.5 mm) minimum thickness in accordance with Section 2.3 of this report. 2.5.7 Without Foam Plastic: For walls required to be of noncombustible construction, Diamond Wall with glass fibers is applied over gypsum sheathing and steel studs in accordance with Section 2.3.3.2 of this report without the foam plastic. 2.6 Shear Wall: A shear wall providing wall bracing required by Section 2320.11.3 of the code may be constructed using the Diamond Wall System. The individual shear walls must have a height - to -length ratio complying with Section 2513.4 of the code. Wall framing is minimum 2-by-4 studs spaced 16 or 24 inches (406 or 610 mm) on center. Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material,. recognized in evaluation report ER-3335, is applied to framing with 3-inch (70 mm) horizontal weather laps and 6- inch (140 mm) vertical laps, and is spot -fastened into place. The 1'/2-inch (38 mm) hexagonal opening by No. 17 gage woven -wire lath is then applied over Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material and fastened to all framing members at 6 inches (152 mm) on center using No. 16 gage, corrosion -resistant staples having a 1-inch (25 mm) crown. The staple legs must be a minimum of 1'/4 inches (32 mm) long and must penetrate framing at least 1 inch (25 mm). The lath is overlapped a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm). Lath overlaps should be offset from Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material overlaps. The Diamond Wall Coating is applied in two coats, in accordance with Section 2.3.1. The base coat is a minimum of inch (12.7 mm) thick, and is cured in accordance with Section 2.7.3. The finish coat is applied after proper curing of the base coat. The allowable racking shear for walls is 170 plf (2481 N/m). 2.7 Miscellaneous: 2.7.1 Inspection Requirements: Building department inspection is required on lath installation prior to application of the coating, as noted in Section 108.5.5 of the UBC. The Diamond Wall PM System requires special inspections, in accordance with Section 1701 of the code, for field-batching and mixing of components. As an alternative, when approved by the building official, continuous field inspection of all batching and mixing operations, by an authorized inspector, trained and approved by Omega Products International, Inc., Page 5 of 11 may be used. The authorized inspector must be independent of the plastering contractor. A declaration, such as shown in Figure 4, must be completed and signed in duplicate, for presentation to the building owner and the building official with the plastering contractor's installation card. 2.7.2 Control Joints: Control joints must be installed as specified by the architect, designer, builder or exterior coating manufacturer, in that order. In the absence of details, conventional three -coat plastering details must be used. 2.7.3 Curing: Moist curing must be provided for 24 hours after coating applications. 2.7.4 Soffits: The system may be applied to soffits, provided the coating is applied over metal lath complying with Table 25-B of the code in lieu of wire fabric lath. Metal lath fastening must comply with Table 25-C of the UBC, except the fastener length must be increased by the thickness of any substrate. 2.7.5 Sills: The system may be applied to sills at locations such as windows and other similar areas. Sills with depths of 6 inches (152 mm) or less may have the coating and lath applied to any substrate permitted in this report, provided the coating, lath, weather -resistive barrier and substrate are installed in accordance with the appropriate section of the report. Sills with depths exceeding 6 inches (152 mm) must have substrates of solid wood or plywood. The substrate must be fastened in accordance with Table 23-II-13-1 of the UBC, and over the substrate a double layer of a complying weather - resistive barrier must be applied. The coating, lath, and optional foam board are applied in accordance with Section 2.3.2 of this report. 2.8 Identification: The factory -prepared mix is delivered to the jobsite in labeled, 80-pound (36 kg), water -resistive bags bearing labels with the following information: 1. Name and address of manufacturer (Omega Products International, Inc.) and the evaluation report number (ICBO ES ER-4004). 2. Identification of components. 3. Weight of packaged mix. 4. Storage instructions. 5. Maximum amount of water and other components that may be added, and conditions that must be considered in determining actual amounts added. 6. Curing instructions. Foam plastic insulation boards are identified in accordance with their respective ICBO ES or NES evaluation reports. Additionally, the board density must be noted. When applied to walls required to be noncombustible construction, along one edge of each board, and on both faces of one board in each package, must be the foam plastic evaluation report number, the name "Omega Diamond Wall" and the evaluation report number (ICBO ES ER4004). 3.0 EVIDENCE SUBMITTED Data in accordance with the ICBO ES Acceptance Criteria for Cementitious Exterior Wall Coatings (AC11), dated January 2001; data in accordance with UBC Standards 7-1 and 26-4; and reports of racking shear tests. 4.0 FINDINGS That the Omega Diamond Wall Insulating Exterior Stucco System #4004 described in this report complies with the 1997 Uniform Building Code TM (UBC), subject to the following conditions: ER-4004 4.1 The materials and methods of installation comply with this report and the manufacturer's instructions. 4.2 Installation is by contractors approved by the manufacturer. 4.3 The system may be installed on walls required to be of noncombustible construction in accordance with Section 2.5. 4.4 The system is recognized as a one -hour fire - resistive assembly when it complies with Section 2.4 of this report. The design stress for the system described in Section 2.4.1 is limited to 0.78 F' , and the maximum stress may not exceed 0.78 F"c at a maximum l fd ratio of 33. Loads applied to the one - hour fire -resistive wall assembly described in Section 2.4.2 may not exceed the following, whichever is least: 4.4.1 1,100 pounds per stud (4893 N). 4.4.2 Design stress of 0.78 F, in accordance with Chapter 23, Division III, of the code. 4.4.3 Design stress of 0.78 F"c at a maximum ljd ratio of 33. 4.4.4 Up to 58 percent of the load calculated in accordance with Chapter 23, Division III, of the UBC, for the assemblies described in Sections 2.4.1 and 2.4.2. 4.4.5 Up to 44.7 percent of the load calculated in accordance with Chapter 23, Division III, of the UBC, for the assembly described in Section 2.4.3. 4.4.6 Up to 47.5 percent of the load calculated in accordance with Chapter 23, Division 111, of the UBC, for the assembly described in Section 2.4.4. 4.5 The interior of the building is separated from the foam plastic insulation board by means of a thermal barrier complying with Section 2602 of the code, such as %-inch (12.7 mm) regular gypsum wallboard applied in accordance with Table 25-G of the code. 4.6 An installation card, such as shown in Figure 3, is left at the jobsite for the owner, and a copy is filed with the building department. 4.7 For the Diamond Wall PM System, inspections are required in accordance with Section 2.7.1 of this report. A declaration, such as shown in Figure 4, is left with the owner, and a copy is filed with the building official. 4.8 The allowable wind load on the system, with wood or steel studs a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center, is 35 psf (1676 Pa) positive or negative. Supporting framing must be adequate to resist the required wind loads. This report is subject to re-examination in two years. 772 - 25 THIS MAP WAS PREPARED FOR ASSESSMENT PURPOSES ONLY. NO LIABILITY is ASSUMED FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE DATA SHOWN. ASSESSOR'S PARCEL SEC. 4 T . 6S. , R. %E T.R,A. 020-056 769-27 MAY NOT COMPLY NITH,LOCAL LOT —SPLIT OR BUILDING SITE ORDINANCES. CITY OF LA QUINTA 649 34 � 649 33 32 33 gal — — 14� _ _ I xxe C aao ?a>m e� 1 J4� vm„ ,�e ��62 ANGLE 40 00 z4 e a ros 192 27.39 AC �-16x>9 POMELO-aa 4 wwva>¢sn —4 ,-uxas W ^ 1-az4.ee p, 8 stet 193 / POU 25 • 9 :3 - 27 1214 AC Ai Q x>s - 19 11 iB4' 18 e4e ' 185 R 19 1°� 186 qm 1 1133 AC � 20 26 ¢z ,gyp 5.03 AC 1.25Ai e,e p - - DATA: RS 8/12, RS 59/48 - - ASSESSOR'S MAP BR772 PG.25 G Riverside County, Calif. A�9 d' r 1 63 37.84 AC »t) 61 _ - d sex za 4 >< J - - 611E Ole WASH NEW AMEN • : 1 u e 2 14 is PM 112/68 PARCEL MAP NO. 18327 16 MB 324/8-29 TRACT MAP NO. 30357 , ,.e.,o 15 l JUN 0 9 2003 K.v te-,e.rc.n o May 2003 , t, M.17-41 TM` ESR-1194 Si. REPORT Issued July 1, 2004 This report is subject to re-examination in one year. ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. www.icc-es.orct DIVISION:09—FINISHES �� Section: 09220—Portland Cement Plaster` b REPORT HOLDER: �y . OMEGA PRODUCTS INTERNATIONdI�; INC. 1681 CALIFORNIA DRIVE A. CORONA, CALIFORNIA �� (800) 600-6634 www.omeA -products. om) Je info ome a- roductsfeom 4 ' EVALUATION SUBJECT: Pegional Office ■ 5360 Workman Mill Road, Whittier, California 90601 ■ (562) 699OW Office ■ 900 Montclair Road, Suite A, Birmingham, Alabama 35213 ■ (205) 599-9800 C f`fice a 4051 West Flossmoor Road, Country Club Hills, Illinois 60478 a (708) 799-2305 OMEGA DIAMOND WALL AND DIAN-bALL PM INSULATING EXTERIOR STUCCO SYSTEMS 1.0 EVALUATION SCOPE Compliance with the following codes: ■ 2000 International Building Code® (IBC) ■ 2000 International Residential Code® (IRC) ■ 1997 Uniform Building CodeTm (UBC) Properties evaluated: ■ Weathering and durability ■ Fire -resistance -rated construction ■ Noncombustible construction ■ Racking shear strength 2.0 USES The Omega Diamond Wall Insulating Exterior Stucco Systems are cementitious exterior wall covering systems installed on exterior walls of wood or steel frame, concrete or concrete masonry construction. 3.0 DESCRIPTION 3.1 General: The Omega Diamond Wall and Diamond Wall PM Insulating Exterior Stucco Systems are proprietary mixtures of portland cement, sand, fibers, water and proprietary ingredients reinforced with wire fabric or metal lath, and applied to substrates of expanded polystyrene (EPS), extruded polystyrene (XEPS) and polyisocya nu rate foam plastic insulation boards, Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material, concrete or concrete masonry, wood structural panels, fiberboard, and gypsum sheathing. 3.2 Materials: 3.2.1 Concentrate: The concentrate is a factory -prepared mixture of Type I or II portland cement complying with ASTM' 0, chopped glass fibers and proprietary additives. The m ure is packaged in 80-pound (36 kg) bags. Approximately /2 to 6 gallons (17 to 22.7 L) of water and between 160 and 240 pounds (72 and 109 kg) of sand are added to each bag in the field, and mixing is done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. As an alternate, the Diamond Wall PM system allows the substitution of equal parts of the Omega Diamond Wall PM Admix 500, a liquid admixture composed of acrylic polymers and modifiers, for approximately one half of the water requirement. The Admix 500 is packaged in 1-gallon (3.8 L) bottles, 3'/2-gallon (13.25 L) pails, or 5-gallon (18.9 L) pails. The admixture has a shelf life of approximately one year when protected from extreme sunlight and freezing for extended periods. Storage temperatures shall be between 40-F and 110°F (4°C and 39°C). The Diamond Wall PM system requires the inspections specified in Section 4.7.1 of this report. 3.2.2 Sand: Sand shall be clean and free from deleterious amounts of loam, clay, silt; soluble salts and organic matter. Sampling and testing shall comply with ASTM C .144 or C 897. Sand shall be graded in accordance with ASTM C 144 or C 897 or within the following limits: RETAINED ON U.S.' STANDARD SIEVE PERCENT RETAINED BY WEIGHT 3 2 PERCENT Min. Max. No. 4 0 No. 8 0 10 No. 16 •10 40 No. 30 30 65 No. 50 70 90 No. 100 95 100 3.2.3 Insulation Board: 3.2.3.1 EPS Insulation Board: EPS board shall have a nominal density of 1.5 pounds per cubic foot (24 kg/m3), a Class A flame -spread index (Class I under the UBC) and a smoke -developed index not exceeding 450; and shall comply with ASTM C,578-01 as Type II boards. Boards installed without sheathing over open framing shall be 1 to 1 % inches (2.5 to 3.8 mm) thick and shall be provided with 3/9 inch -high (9.5 mm) tongues with compatible grooves for horizontal joints. See Figure 1 for joint details. All boards shall be recognized in a current evaluation report issued by ICC-ES. See Section 7.0 for board identification. Over solid substrates, a square -edge foam plastic board with a minimum '/2 inch (25.4 mm) thickness and a minimum nominal.density of 1 pcf (16 kg/m3) is permitted except when installed as part of the weather -resistive barrier over wood based sheathing as described in Section 3.2.9.1, which requires 1-inch-thick (25.4 mm) EPS boards with tongue -and -groove edges. 3.2.3.2 •XEPS Insulation Board: This board shall have a minimum nominal density of 1.5 pounds per cubic foot (24 �: REPORT$" are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by ICC Evaluation Service, Inc., express or implied, as to any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. , " Copyright © 2064 Page 1 of 12 Page 2 of 12 ESR-1194 kg/m3) and shall comply with ASTM C 578-01 as a Type II board. See Section 3.2.3.1 for other details and requirements. 3.2.3.3 Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material: Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material is described in evaluation report ER-3335. 3.2.3.4 Polyisocyanurate Foam Board: Polyisocyanurate foam plastic board shall have a nominal density of 2 pounds per cubic foot (32 kg/m3) and a maximum flame -spread index of 25 and a smoke -developed index not exceeding 450; and shall be recognized in a current ICC-ES evaluation report. The foam plastic board shall be 1 to 1 V, inches (25 to 38 mm) thick, shall be provided with 3/9 inch -high (9.5 mm) tongues with compatible grooves for horizontal joints, and is limited to nonfire-resistive-rated and combustible construction. See Figure 1 for joint details. All boards shall be recognized in a current ICC-ES evaluation report. See Section 7.0 for board identification. Over solid substrates, a square -edge foam plastic board is permitted, with the same requirements set forth in Section 3.2.3.1. 3.2.4 Lath: 3.2.4.1 Wire Fabric Lath: The lath shall be minimum No. 20 gage [0.035 inch (0.889 mm)], 1-inch (25.4 mm), galvanized steel, woven -wire fabric. In addition, the IBC and IRC require the lath to comply with ASTM C 1032. Lath shall be self -furred or furred when applied over all substrates. For installations over unbacked polystyrene board, the lath need not be furred or self -furred. Self -furring lath for coatings shall comply with UBC Section 2506.5, IBC Section 2510.3 or IBC Section 1270.3.6, or the following requirements: 1. The maximum total coating thickness is V, inch (12.7 mm). 2. Furring crimps shall be provided at maximum 6-inch (152 mm) intervals each way. The crimps shall fur the body of the lath a minimum of/, inch (3.2 mm) from the substrate after installation. When applying coatings more than'/, inch (12.7 mm) thick, No. 17 gage [0.058 inch (1.47 mm)] by 1'/,-inch (38 mm), woven -wire fabric or 2-inch-by-2-inch (51 mm by 51 mm), No. 16 gage [0.065 inch (1.65 mm)] welded wire lath shall be used. Furring crimps shall be provided at maximum 6-inch (152 mm) intervals each way. The crimps shall fur the body of the lath a minimum of '/, inch (6.4 mm) from the substrate after installation. 3.2.4.2 Metal Lath: Metal lath shall comply with Table 25-B of the UBC or with ASTM C 847 (IBC or IRC). Furring and self -furring requirements are as set forth for wire fabric lath. 3.2.4.3 No. 19 x No. 20 Gage STRUCTALATH S.F. CR: This lath is recognized in ER-5550 as an alternative to No. 20 gage, 1-inch woven -wire fabric lath. 3.2.5 Gypsum Board: Water-resistant core gypsum sheathing shall comply with ASTM C 79. Gypsum wallboard shall comply with ASTM C 36. 3.2.6 Fiberboard: Minimum 1/2-inch-thick (12.7 mm), asphalt -impregnated fiberboard shall comply with ANSI/AHA A194.1 as a regular density sheathing. 3.2.7 Wood -based Structural Panels: The panels shall be minimum s/,s inch -thick (7.9 mm) plywood or OSB, for studs spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center, and shall be a minimum 3/9 inch -thick (9.5 mm) plywood or 7/1,-inch-thick (11.1 mm) OSB for studs spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. Plywood shall be exterior or Exposure 1 and comply with DOC PS-1 or UBC Standard 23-2, as applicable; and OSB shall be Exposure 1 and comply with DOC PS-2, or UBC Standard 23-3, as applicable. 3.2.8 Caulking: Acrylic latex caulking materials shall comply with ASTM C 834-00. 3.2.9 Weather Protection: 3.2.9.1 Water -resistive Barrier: Minimum No. 15 asphalt nonperforated felt complying as Type I in accordance with ASTM D 226 (IBC or IRC); minimum Grade D kraft building paper complying with UBC Standard 14-1; asphalt -saturated rag felt complying with UL Standard 55A (UBC); or material recognized in a current evaluation report as complying with the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Weather -resistive Barriers (AC38), is required. The water -resistive barrier is required over all substrates (including foam plastic) except under the UBC, where the barrier is permitted to be installed behind the EPS board. Application of the barrier shall comply with Section 1404.2 of the IBC, Section R703.2 of the IRC or Section 1402.1 of the UBC. When applied over any wood -based sheathing, the barrier shall be either: (a) a minimum of two layers of Grade D kraft building paper as set forth in Section 2510.6 of the IBC or Section 2506.4 of the UBC; or (b) one layer of EPS or XEPS insulation board, having horizontal tongue -and groove edges as described in Section 3.2.3 of this report, over one layer of Grade D kraft building paper having a minimum water -resistance rating of 60 minutes, or one layer of Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material, installed in accordance with evaluation report ER-3335. When applied over gypsum sheathing, Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material, installed in accordance with evaluation report ER-3335, may be used as the weather -resistive barrier. A vapor retarder complying with IBC Section 1403.3 or IRC Section R322.1 shall be provided, unless its omission is permitted under the exceptions in IRC Section 1403.3 or IRC Section R322.1. Flashing complying with UBC Section 1404.2, IBC Section 1405.3 or IRC Section R703.8, as applicable, must be provided. 3.2.9.2 Flashing: Flashing in accordance with the applicable code shall be installed at the perimeter of all openings of the system. Where membrane flashing is used, it shall be a self -adhering, flexible rubberized asphalt and polyethylene material, 0.030 inch (0.8 mm) thick, shingle - lapped with the water -resistive barrier. Rigid flashings shall be sloped towards the exterior, with an upturned leg on the interior side and at the ends. Flashing shall extend beyond the surface of the exterior wall. 3.2.10 Trim and Accessories: All trim, weep screeds and corner reinforcement shall be galvanized steel or approved plastic. 4.0 INSTALLATION 4.1 General: The exterior cementitious coating is applied by hand -troweling or machine -spraying, in one coat, to a minimum 3/B inch (9.5 mm) thickness, unless noted otherwise. Nominal thickness around penetrations is 3/, inch (9.5 mm), backed by framing or blocking. The lath shall be embedded in the minimum coating thickness and therefore cannot be exposed. Conventional water -based paint may be applied after 48 hours of curing; solvent -based paints may be applied after 10 days of curing. Fasteners for lath shall penetrate a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) into wood framing. Flashing, corner reinforcement, metal trim and weep screeds shall be installed as shown in Figure 2. The coating is applied at ambient air temperatures of 40`F to 120°F (4°C to 49°C) by applicators approved by Omega Products International, Inc. The water -resistive barrier shall be applied as set forth in Section 3.2.9.1. An installation card, such as that shown in Figure 3, shall be on the jobsite, with the name of the applicator and the product to be used, before any water -resistive barrier or exterior sheathing is installed. Also see Section 5.6 of this report. Page 3 of 12 ESR-1194 4.2 Application over Open Framing: 4.2.1 Foam Plastic Insulation Boards: The water -resistive barrier is placed over open studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The EPS, XEPS, or polyisocyanu rate board, as described, respectively, in Sections 3.2.3.1, 3.2.3.2, or 3.2.3.4, is attached using galvanized staples or roofing nails. Vertical buttjoints shall be staggered at least one stud space from adjacent courses, and shall occur directly over studs. The lath is then applied tightly over the foam plastic insulation board and fastened through the board to wood studs, using No. 11 gage galvanized roofing nails or No. 16 gage staples spaced 6 inches (152 mm) on center with a minimum 1-inch (25 mm) penetration into the studs. Staples shall have a minimum crown width of '/15 inch (11.1 mm). For nails, the wood species is Douglas fir -larch (minimum 0.50 specific gravity). For staple spacing with various wood species and staple gages, see Table 1. Care shall be taken to avoid overdriving fasteners. The Omega Diamond Wall coating system may also be applied to minimum No. 20 gage [0.0359-inch (0.91 mm)] steel studs spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. No. 20 gage by 1-inch (25 mm) wire lath shall be applied tightly over the foam plastic board and shall be fastened through the board and water -resistive barrier to the metal studs, using minimum No. 8 screws having '/e inch -diameter (9.5 mm) pan heads, at 7 inches (178 mm) on center to all studs and track. The lath shall be applied with 2-inch (51 mm) end and side laps. Screws shall penetrate the studs a minimum of inch (12.7 mm). Wall bracing in accordance with Section 2308.9.3 or 2308.12 of the IBC, Section R602.10 or R602.11 of the IRC, or Section 2320.11.3 or 2320.11.4 of the UBC, or an acceptable alternate, is required. Square wall corners and parapet comers shall be covered with metal corner reinforcement. For round wall, bull nose and parapet corners, metal reinforcement is optional when construction is in accordance with Figure 2. Weep screeds shall comply with and be installed at the bottom of the wall in accordance with Section 2512.1.2 of the IBC or Section 2506.5 of the UBC. Galvanized steel, 1'/B inch (3.5 mm), J-shaped trim pieces are installed at other areas where foam is exposed. At windows and doors, flashing described and installed in accordance with IBC Section 1405.3, IRC Section R703.8 or UBC Section 1402.2 is required. Butting J-trim and approved metal edges, when installed, shall be caulked. Holes for hose bibbs, electrical panels and other penetrations of substrate surfaces, except those caused by fasteners, shall also be caulked. The coating is applied after caulking, as described in Section 4.1. 4.2.2 Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material: The Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material is applied in accordance with evaluation report ER-3335 to wood studs having a minimum specific gravity of 0.50 spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on center, followed by 1 /2 inch (38.1 mm) by No. 17 gage woven wire lath lapped 2 inches (51 mm). The lath is secured through the Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material to the studs using 1-inch-crown (25 mm), No. 16 gage staples of sufficient leg length to penetrate studs a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm). The coating is applied as described in Section 4.1 to a minimum 5/,-inch (15.9 mm) thickness. Alternately, the base coat is a minimum of inch (12.7 mm) thick and is cured in accordance with Section 4.7.3. The finish coat is then applied over the cured base coat. Additional installation requirements are as noted in Section 4.2.1. 4.3 Application over Solid Backing: 4.3.1 Fiberboard: Minimum '/2 inch -thick (12.7 mm) fiberboard is installed directly to wood studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The fiberboard is temporarily held in place using corrosion -resistant staples or roofing nails for wood studs or self -tapping screws for steel studs. A water -resistive barrier shall be applied over the fiberboard under the conditions set forth in Section 3.2.9.1 prior to installation of the lath or optional foam board. The lath is then attached to the studs through the sheathing, with fasteners and spacing as described in Section 4.2.1 of this report or as described for fiberboard in either Table 2304.9.1 of the IBC, Table R 602.3(1) of the IRC, or Table 23-II-B-1 of the UBC, whichever is more restrictive. All walls shall be braced in accordance with the applicable code. Exposed sheathing edges shall be protected with screeds. Holes in the substrate surface shall be caulked and the coating shall be applied in accordance with Section 4.1. The fiberboard, optional foam plastic insulation board, lath and coating may be applied to minimum No. 20 gage [0.0359 inch (0.91 mm)] steel studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center, provided the fasteners and their placement are as set forth in Section 4.2.1 for steel studs. 4.3.2 Gypsum Sheathing: Minimum '/Z inch -thick (12.7 mm), water-resistant core gypsum sheathing, complying with ASTM C 79, shall be installed directly over wood studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. Gypsum sheathing shall be fastened in accordance with ASTM C 1280 (IBC), Table R702.3.5 of the IRC, or Table 25-G of the UBC. A water -resistive barrier shall be applied over the gypsum sheathing before application of lath or optional insulation board. The lath shall be then attached to studs through the sheathing, with fasteners and spacings as described for insulation board in Section 4.2 of this report. All walls shall be braced in accordance with the applicable code. Exposed sheathing edges shall be protected with screeds. Holes in the substrate surface shall be caulked, and the coating shall be applied as described in Sections 4.1 and 4.2. Application to minimum No. 20 gage [0.0359 inch (0.91 mm)] steel studs at a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center is permitted, provided No. 8 gage, Type S, drywall screws with 1-inch-diameter (25 mm) washers, or No. 8, self - tapping pan -head screws with a minimum '/B inch (9.5 mm) head diameter are installed at the same spacing as that for nails or staples in wood studs. 4.3.3 Wood -based Sheathing: Wood -based sheathing shall be applied directly to wood studs under the conditions set forth in Section 3.2.7 of this report and either Table 2308.9.3(3) of the IBC, Table 602.3(3) of the IRC, or Table 23-IV-D-1 and Table 23-11-13-1 of the UBC. The water -resistive barrier, optional foam board, wire fabric lath, and coating shall be applied as described in Section 4.3.1 for fiberboard. Installation to minimum No. 20 gage [0.0396 inch (0.91 mm)] steel studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center, is also as described in Section 4.3.1 for fiberboard. For staple spacing and gages for lath attachment to wood studs of various species, with plywood and nominal '/Z inch -thick (12.7 mm) foam plastic, see Table 2. For staple spacing and gages for lath attachment to wood -based sheathing and wood studs of various species, having a nominal foam plastic thickness of 1 inch (25 mm), see Table 3. 4.3.4 Concrete and Masonry: Surface preparation shall be in accordance with IBC Section 2510.9 or UBC Section 2508.8, as applicable. Surface shall be clean, free of dust and other particles, and sufficiently damp to ensure proper bonding. The Diamond Wall coating is applied directly to the prepared surface at a minimum thickness of inch (9.5 mm), in accordance with applicable provisions of Section 4.1. 4.4 One -hour Fire -resistance -rated Assembly: 4.4.1 First Assembly: 4.4.1.1 Interior Face: One layer of 5/B inch -thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum wallboard, water-resistant backer board or veneer.base is applied parallel or at right angles to the interior Page 4 of 12 ESR-1194 face of 2-by-4 wood studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The wallboard is attached using 1'/e inch -long (48 mm) 6d coated nails having a '/; inch -diameter (6.4 mm) head, at 7 inches (178 mm) on center to studs, plates and blocking. All wallboard joints shall be backed with minimum 2-by-4 wood framing and taped and treated with joint compound. Fastener heads shall also be treated with joint compound. 4.4.1.2 Exterior Face: One layer of minimum 5/9 inch -thick (15.9 mm), Type X, water-resistant core gypsum sheathing, 48 inches (1219 mm) wide, is applied parallel to studs using No. 11 gage, galvanized roofing nails having a'/,s or'/Z inch diameter (11.1 or 12.7 mm) head, at 4 inches (102 mm) on center at board edges and 7 inches (178 mm) on center at intermediate studs. The sheathing is nailed to top and bottom plates at 7 inches (178 mm) on center. A water -resistive barrier is required over the sheathing. The lath and wall coating are then applied without insulation board as described in Section 4.2. 4.4.1.3 Axial Design: The wood stud axial design stress for the wall assembly calculated in accordance with Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of ANSI AF&PA NDS-97 (IBC and IRC) or ANSI/NFoPA NDS-91 (UBC) is limited to 0.78 F , and the maximum stress shall not exceed 0.78 F , at a maximum 1.1d ratio of 33. 4.4.2 Second Assembly: 4.4.2.1 Interior Face: One layer of 5/,-inch-thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum wallboard, complying with ASTM C 36, is applied horizontally to the interior face of wood studs spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on center. The wallboard is fastened to studs using 5d gypsum wallboard nails having minimum 15/64 inch -diameter (6 mm) head, at 6 inches (152 mm) on center to studs, plates and sills. All wallboard joints shall be backed with minimum 2-by-4 wood framing, and taped and treated with joint compound. Fastener heads shall also be treated with joint compound. Mineral wool insulation batts, R-13, 35/,, inches (92 mm) thick and having a minimum 1.97-pcf (31.56 kg/m3) density, are placed in the cavities between studs, and secured to studs. 4.4.2.2 Exterior Face: A water -resistive barrier is applied over the exterior face of wood studs in accordance with Section 3.2.9.1.One-inch-thick (25 mm), 1.5-pcf-density (24 kg/m3) EPS board is applied in accordance with Section 4.2, followed by 1-inch (25 mm) by No. 20 gage woven -wire lath. The lath is fastened through the EPS board to studs and plates at 6 inches (152 mm) on center as required by Section 4.2.1. Lath overlaps are a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm). The Diamond Wall mixture, with glass fibers only, is then applied to the lath in accordance with Section 4.1. 4.4.2.3 Axial Design: Axial loads applied to the wall assembly are limited by the lesser of the following: 1. 1,100 pounds (4893 N) per stud. 2. A maximum of 58 percent of the load calculated in accordance with Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of the ANSI/AF&PA NDS-97 (IBC and IRC) or ANSI/NFoPA NDS-91 (UBC). 3. Design stress of 0.78 F , calculated in accordance with Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of the ANSI/AF&PA NDS-97 (IBC and IRC) or ANSI/NFoPA NDS-91 (UBC). 4. Design stress of 0.78 F , at a maximum lVd of 33 calculated in accordance with Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of the ANSI/AF&PA NDS-97 (IBC and IRC) or ANSI/NFoPA NDS-91 (UBC). 4.4.3 Third Assembly: 4.4.3.1 Interior Face: One layer of 5/,-inch-thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum wallboard, complying with ASTM C 36, is applied horizontally to the interior face of 2-by-4 wood studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The wallboard is fastened to the studs and perimeter framing using 15/e inch -long (41.3 mm), 0.100-inch-diameter (2.54 mm) galvanized steel cup head nails, having a minimum head diameter of 0.300 inch (7.62 mm), spaced a maximum of 8 inches (203 mm) on center. All wallboard joints shall be taped and treated with joint compound. All vertical joints in the wallboard shall occur over studs. Fastener heads shall also be taped and treated with joint compound. Fiberglass insulation batts, R-11, measuring 31/2 inches thick (89 mm) and having a minimum density of 0.62 pcf (9.93 kg/m3), are placed in the cavities between the framing and fastened to the framing. 4.4.3.2 Exterior Face: A water -resistive barrier is applied over the exterior face of wood framing in accordance with Section 3.2.9.1. One -inch -thick (25 mm), 1.5 pcf density (24 kg/m3), tongue -and -groove EPS board is attached to the studs and perimeter framing in accordance with Section 4.2 of this report. All vertical joints in the EPS board shall occur over studs. The EPS board is followed by 1-inch ( 25.4 mm) by No. 20 gage woven -wire lath fastened through the EPS boards to the studs and perimeter framing using 2-inch-long (51 mm), No. 16 gage galvanized staples, having 15/,6-inch (23.8 mm) crowns and spaced 6 inches (152 mm) on center. The Diamond Wall mixture is then applied to the lath in accordance with Section 4.1 of this report, at a minimum thickness of 3/b inch (9.5 mm). 4.4.3.3 Axial Design: Axial loads applied to the wall assembly are limited by the lesser of the following: 1. 1,100 pounds (4893 N) per stud. 2. A maximum of 44.7 percent of the load calculated in accordance with Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of the ANSI/AF&PA NDS-97 (IBC and IRC) or ANSI/NFoPA NDS-91 (UBC). 3. Design stress of 0.78 F , calculated in accordance with Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of the ANSI/AF&PA NDS-97 (IBC and IRC) or ANSI/NFoPA NDS-91 (UBC). 4. Design stress of 0.78 F , at a maximum 1,1d of 33 calculated in accordance with Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of We ANSI/AF&PA NDS-97 (IBC and IRC) or ANSI/NFoPA NDS-91 (UBC). 4.4.4 Fourth Assembly: 4.4.4.1 Interior Face: One layer of/, -inch -thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum wallboard, complying with ASTM C 36, is applied horizontally to the interior face of 2-by-4 wood studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The wallboard is fastened to the studs and perimeter framing using 15/e inch -long (41.3 mm), 0.100-inch-diameter (2.54 mm) galvanized steel cup head nails, having a minimum head diameter of 0.300 inch (7.62 mm) and spaced a maximum of 8 inches (203 mm) on center. All wallboard joints shall be taped and treated withjoint compound. All verticaljoints in the wallboard shall occur over studs. Fastener heads shall also be taped and treated with joint compound. Kraft -paper -faced fiberglass insulation batts are placed in the cavities between the studs, with the kraft paper surface on the interior side of the wall and fastened to the studs. The insulation batts shall have an R-11 thermal resistance value, measure 3'/2 inches thick (89 mm), and have a minimum density of 0.65 pcf (10.41 kg/m3). 4.4.4.2 Exterior Face: One layer of/,s inch-thick(11.1 mm) OSB, one layer of 15/32-inch-thick (11.9 mm) plywood, or one layer of 1/2-inch-thick, water-resistant core treated gypsum board complying with ASTM C 79, is applied vertically to the wall, and fastened to the wood studs, sill and plates using 23/e inch -long (60 mm) 0.113-inch-diameter (2.87 mm), 8d Page 5 of 12 ESR-1194 coated sinker nails having a minimum head diameter of 0.266 inch (6.76 mm) and spaced a maximum of 8 inches (1219 mm) on center. All vertical joints in the OSB or gypsum board shall occur over studs. Two layers of water -resistive barriers are applied to the exterior face and attached to the wood studs. One -inch ( 25.4 mm) by No. 20 gage woven -wire lath is fastened through the OSB to the studs with 11/; inch -long (31.7 mm), 0.125-inch-diameter (3.18 mm) nails having a minimum head diameter of 0.355 inch (9.02 mm). The nails are spaced 6 inches (152 mm) on center on the studs and perimeter framing. The Diamond Wall mixture is then applied to the lath in accordance with Section 4.1, at a minimum thickness of 3/9 inch (9.5 mm). 4.4.4.3 Axial Design: Axial loads applied to the wall assembly are limited by the lesser of the following: 1. 1,100 pounds (4893 N) per stud. 2. A maximum of 47.5 percent of the load calculated in accordance with Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of the ANSI/AF&PA NDS-97 (IBC and IRC) or ANSI/NFoPA NDS-91 (UBC). 3. Design stress of 0.78 F, calculated in accordance with Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of the ANSI/AF&PA NDS-97 (IBC and IRC) or ANSI/NFoPA NDS-91 (UBC). 4. Design stress of 0.78 F, at a maximum 1,1d of 33 calculated in accordance with Sections 3.6 and 3.7 of the ANSI/AF&PA NDS-97 (IBC and IRC) or ANSI/NFoPA NDS-91 (UBC). 4.5 Noncombustible Construction: For the purposes of this report, noncombustible construction includes Types I, 11, III and IV construction under the IBC and Types I and II construction under the UBC. 4.5.1 With Foam Plastic: The stucco system with foam plastic shall be installed as noted in Sections 4.5.1.1 through 4.5.1.6. 4.5.1.1 Interior Finish: One layer of 5/,-inch-thick (15.9 mm), Type X gypsum wallboard, complying with ASTM C 36, is applied vertically to steel framing with all edges blocked. Fasteners are No. 8 by 1'/; inch -long (32 mm) buglehead screws fastened to board joints at 8 inches (203 mm) on center and intermediate locations at 12 inches (305 mm) on center. All joints are taped and treated with joint compound. Intermediate fasteners are treated with joint compound. 4.5.1.2 Steel Framing: The steel framing is minimum 35/e inch -deep (92 mm), minimum No. 20 gage [0.0359 inch (0.91 mm)] steel studs, spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on center. 4.5.1.3 Openings: Wall openings are framed with minimum 0.125-inch-thick (3.2 mm) aluminum or steel framing. 4.5.1.4 Exterior Finish: One layer of minimum'/2 inch -thick (12.7 mm) gypsum sheathing, complying with ASTM C 79, is applied horizontally to the steel framing using No. 8 by 1'/; inch -long (32 mm) buglehead screws spaced 8 inches (203 mm) on center at all framing locations. 4.5.1.5 Stud Cavity: Where studs continue past floor levels, stud cavities at each floor level shall be blocked with Thermafiber insulation. The Thermafiber insulation (ER-2331) is fitted into each stud cavity at the floor. The insulation has a minimum nominal 4-pound-per-cubic-foot density, is 4 inches (95 mm) thick and is approximately 6 to 8 inches (140 to 154 mm) wide. To fit within a stud cavity, it shall be long enough to achieve a friction fit. 4.5.1.6 Stucco System: Where a water -resistive barrier is required, the stucco system includes application of one layer of a vapor retarder, having a flame -spread index of 25 or less and a smoke -developed index of 30 or less, and qualifies as a Type 1, Grade A, water -resistive barrier in accordance with UBC Standard 14-1. The vapor barrier is installed over the sheathing in accordance with IBC Section 1404.2 or UBC Section 1402.1. Expanded polystyrene insulation board with a nominal 1.5-pound-per-cubic-foot density is installed at a 1-inch (25 mm) thickness horizontally in running bond to the sheathing. Reinforcement consists of a 1-inch (25 mm) by No. 20 gage, galvanized steel, self -furring, woven wire fabric lath. The lath, insulation board, and vapor retarder are positively fastened to the steel framing using No. 8 by 2'/2-inch-long (63.5 mm), waferhead, self -drilling screws spaced 8 inches (203 mm) on center to all framing members. The Diamond Wall #4004 stucco system is applied at a 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum thickness in accordance with Section 4.0 of this report. 4.5.2 Without Foam Plastic: The Diamond Wall stucco system shall be applied over gypsum sheathing and steel studs in accordance with Section 4.3.2 of this report without the foam plastic. 4.6 Shear Wall: 4.6.1 General: A shear wall providing wall bracing required by IBC Section 2308.9.3, IRC Section R602.10.3 or UBC Section 2320.11.3 may be constructed as described in this section using the Diamond Wall System. The individual shear walls shall have a maximum allowable height -to -length ratio of 1: 1. Wall framing is minimum 2-by-4 studs spaced 16 or 24 inches (406 or 610 mm) on center. Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material, recognized in evaluation report ER-3335, is applied to framing with 3-inch (76 mm) horizontal weather laps and 6-inch (152 mm) vertical laps, and is spot -fastened into place. The 1'/2-inch (38 mm) hexagonal opening by No. 17 gage woven -wire lath is then applied over Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material and fastened to all framing members at 6 inches (152 mm) on center using No. 16 gage, corrosion -resistant staples having a 1-inch (25 mm) crown. The staple legs shall be a minimum of 1'/4 inches (32 mm) long and shall penetrate framing at least 1 inch (25 mm). The lath shall be overlapped a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm). Lath overlaps shall be offset from Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material overlaps. The Diamond Wall Coating is applied in two coats, in accordance with Section 4.1. The base coat is a minimum of inch (12.7 mm) thick, and is cured in accordance with Section 4.7.3. The '/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick finish coat is applied after proper curing of the base coat. 4.6.2 Shear Values: For short-term loading, the allowable stress design racking shear value for walls is 170 pounds per lineal foot (2480 N/m), based on a minimum height -to -length ratio of 1: 1. In UBC Seismic Zones 3 and 4, and IBC Seismic Design Category D, the allowable racking shear value is limited to 85 pounds per lineal foot (1240 N/m). Use of the assembly for resisting shear forces is not permitted in IBC Seismic Design Categories E and F. For normal loading, the allowable racking shear value is limited to 128 pounds per lineal foot (1864 N/m). 4.7 Miscellaneous: 4.7.1 Inspection Requirements: Building department inspection is required on lath installation prior to application of the coating, as noted in Section 109.3.5 of the IBC in areas enforcing the IBC or IRC, or in Section 108.5.5 of the UBC for areas enforcing the UBC. The Diamond Wall PM System requires special inspections, in accordance with IBC Section 1704 or UBC Section 1701, for field-batching and mixing of components. As an alternative, when approved by the code official, continuous field inspection of all batching and mixing operations, by an authorized inspector, trained and approved by Omega Products International, Inc., may be used. The authorized inspector shall be independent of the plastering contractor. A declaration, such as shown in Figure 4, shall be Page 6 of 12 ESR-1194 J completed and signed in duplicate, for presentation to the building owner and the ,code official with the plastering contractor's installation card. 4.7.2 Control Joints: Control joints shall be installed as specified by the architect, designer, builder or exterior coating manufacturer, in that order. In the absence• of details, conventional three -coat plastering details shall be used. 4.7.3 Curing: Moist curing shall be provided for 24 hours after coating applications. 4.7.4 Soffits: The system may be applied to soffits, provided the coating is applied over metal lath complying with Section 3.2.4.2 in lieu of wire fabric lath. Metal lath fastening shall comply with ASTM C 926 or C 1063 (IBC), Section R703.6 of the IRC, or Table 25-C of the UBC, except the fastener length shall be increased by the thickness of any substrate. 4.7.5 Sills: The system may be applied to sills at locations such as windows and other similar areas. Sills -with depths of 6 inches (152 mm) or less may have the coating and lath applied to any substrate permitted in this report, provided the coating, lath, water -resistive barrier and substrate are installed in accordance with the appropriate section of this report. Sills with depths exceeding 6 inches (152 mm) shall have substrates of solid wood or plywood. The substrate shall be fastened in accordance with Table 2304.9.1 of the IBC, Table R602.3(1), or Table 23-II-13-1 of the UBC, and a double layer of a complying water -resistive barrier shall be applied over the substrate. The coating, lath, and optional foam board are applied in accordance with Section 4.2 of this report. 5.0 CONDITIONS OF USE The Omega Diamond Wall and Diamond Wall PM Insulating Exterior Stucco Systems described in this report complywith, or are suitable alternatives to what is specified in, those code(s) specifically listed in Section 1.0 of this report, subject to the following conditions: 5.1 The materials and methods of installation comply with this report and the manufacturer's instructions. 5.2 Installation is by contractors approved by the manufacturer. 5.3 The system may be installed on walls required to be of noncombustible construction in accordance with Section 4.5. 5.4 The system is recognized as a one -hour fire -resistance - rated assembly when it complies with Section 4.4 of this report. 5.5 The interior of the building shall be separated from the foam plastic insulation board with a thermal barrier complying with Section 2603.4 of the IBC, Section R318.1.2 of the IRC, or Section 2602.4 of the UBC, such as'/Z inch (12.7 mm) regular gypsum wallboard applied in accordance with ASTM C 840 (IBC), Table R 702.3.5 of the IRC, or Table 25-G of the UBC. 5.6 An installation card, such as shown in Figure 3, is left at the jobsite for the owner, and a copy is filed with the building department. 5.7 For the Diamond Wall PM System, inspections are required in accordance with Section 4.7.1 of this report. A declaration, such as shown in Figure 4, is left with the owner, and a copy is filed with the code official. 5.8 The allowable wind load on the system, with wood or steel studs a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center, is 35 psf (1676 Pa) positive or negative. Supporting framing shall be adequate to resist the required wind loads. 5.9 Foam plastic shall not be placed on exterior walls of wood construction located within 6 inches (152 mm) of the ground in areas where hazard of termite damage is very heavy in accordance with Section R 324.4 of the IRC. 6.0 EVIDENCE SUBMITTED 6.1 Data in accordance with the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Cementitious Exterior Wall Coatings (AC11), dated October.2003. 6.2 Data in accordance with ASTM E 119 (UBC Standard 7-1). 6.3 Data in accordance with NFPA 285 (UBC Standard 26- 4). 6.4 Reports of racking shear tests. 6.5 A quality control manual. 7.0 IDENTIFICATION The factory -prepared mix is delivered to thejobsite in labeled, 80-pound (36 kg), water -resistive bags bearing labels with the following information: 1. Name and address of manufacturer (Omega Products International, Inc.) and the evaluation report number (ESR-1194). 2. Identification of components. 3. Weight of packaged mix. 4. Storage instructions. 5. Maximum amount of water and other components that may be added, and conditions that shall be considered in determining actual amounts added.' 6. Curing instructions. Foam plastic insulation boards are identified in accordance with their respective evaluation reports.Additionally, the board density shall be noted. When applied to walls required to be noncombustible construction, along one edge of each board, and on both faces of one board in each package, shall be the foam plastic evaluation report number, the name "Omega Diamond Wall" and the evaluation report number (ESR-1 194). Fome-Cor Board Lathing Material shall be identified in accordance with evaluation report ER-3335. Page 7 of 12 ESR-1194 TABLE 1—STAPLE SPACINGS FOR LATH ATTACHMENT TO OPEN WOOD FRAMING (inches) WOOD SPECIES SPECIFIC GRAVITY STAPLE GAGE_ 16 - 15 14 13 12 Douglas fir-4arch 0.50 6 6 6 6 6 Douglas fir —south 0.46 5 5 6 6 6 Western hemlock 0.47 5" 6 6 6 6 Western hemlock -south 0.47 5 6 6 6 6 Hem -fir -south 0.46 5 5 6 6 6 Hem -fir 0.43 4 4 5 6 6 Spruce -pine -fir 0.42 4 4 5 5 6 Western woods 0.36 3 3 3 4 4 FOr 51: 1 mcn = ZbA mm. r , 'Staples must have sufficient length to penetrate a minimum of 1 inch into studs. TABLE 2—STAPLE SPACINGS FOR LATH ATTACHMENT TO WOOD STUDS WITH PLYWOOD AND NOMINAL'/24NCH-THICK FOAM PLASTICtz (inches) WOOD SPECIES SPECIFIC GRAVITY STAPLE GAGE 16 15 14 13 12 Douglas fir —larch Douglas fir —south 0.50 0.46 6 6 6 6, 6 6 6 6 6 -6 Westernhemlock Western hemlock —south 0.47 0.47 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Hem -fir —south 0.46 6 6 6 6 1 6 Hem -fir 0.43 ,5 6 6 6 6 Spruce -pine -fir .0.42 4 5 6 6 6 Western woods 0.36 4 { 4 4 5 5 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. X 'Wood -based sheathing is fastened in accordance with the code. ZFor lath attachment, staples must have sufficient length to penetrate a minimum of 1 inch into the framing. ' TABLE 3—STAPLE SPACINGS FOR LATH ATTACHMENT TO WOOD -BASED SHEATHING AND WOOD STUDS WITH 14NCH-THICK FOAM PLASTIC'S (inches) WOOD SPECIES - SPECIFIC GRAVITY STAPLE GAGE 16 15 14 13 12. Douglas fir —larch 0.50 6 5 5 6 6 Douglas fir —south 0.46 . 4 4 5 5 6 Westernhemlock Western hemlock —south 0.47 0.47 4 4 4 4. 4 .5 5 6 6 6 Hem -fir —south Hem -fir 0.46 0.43 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 6 Spruce -pine -fir Westem woods 0.42 0.36 4 3 4 3 5 3 5 3 6 4 For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. - 'Wood -based sheathing is fastened in accordance with the code, except that the intermediate stud fastener spacing must be 6 inches on center. ZFor lath attachment, staples must have sufficient length to penetrate a minimum of 1 inch into sheathing and framing. DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES -VERTICAL r FRAMING OVERLAPPED UBC APPROVED BUILDING PAPER EPS INSULATION BOARD APPROVED LATH OMEGA DIAMOND WALL OMEGA FINISH (OPTIONAL) APPROVED SHEATHING . • L. • A. NOTE 1: OVER WOOD -BASED SHEATHING, TWO LAYERS OF GRADE D WEATHER -RESISTIVE BARRIER ARE REQUIRED. CONTINUE THE DOUBLE LAYER A MINIMUM OF 6" PAST - - THE END OF THE WOOD -BASED SHEATHING TO PROVIDE FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL LAPPING OF THE WEATHER -RESISTIVE BARRIER. DISSIMILAR SUBSTRATES -HORIZONTAL } • h NOMINAL 1/2- INSULATION BOARD NOMINAL 1rY 'SHEATHING UBC APPROVED' WIRE BUILDING PAPER LATH " (SEE NOTE 1) 'OMEGA FINISH (OPTIONAL) OMEGA DIAMOND 2 WALL (MIN. 318-) - INSULATION BOARD FRAMING NOTE 1: OVER WOOD -BASED SHEATHING, TWO LAYERS OF GRADE D WEATHER -RESISTIVE BARRIER ARE REQUIRED. CONTINUE THE DOUBLE LAYER A MINIMUM OF 6" PAST THE END OF THE WOOD=BASED SHEATHING TO PROVIDE FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL LAPPING OF THE WEATHER -RESISTIVE BARRIER. FIGURE 2-TYPICAL INSTALLATION DETAILS 1 y. -r • Page 9 of 12 ESR-1194 TERMINATION AT FOUNDATION f WEEP SCREED ATTACHMENT —STEP 1 FRAMING • APPROVED SHEATHING a UBC APPROVED r BUILDING PAPER ' FRAMING INSULATION BOARD OMEGA DIAMOND , WALL (MIN. 318-) - OMEGA FINISH (OPTIONAL) WIRE LATH • I I. 'J' WEEP SCREED • •1 d - .• I ' FO00 UNDATION ® • ° O O I •, 0 •I 0 d ••. ° FINISH GRADE w. ,• . 1 318' •J' WEEP a SCREED CUT AND INSTALLED A SHEATHINGEDGE FOUNDATION �0�r NOTE 1: WEATHER -RESISTIVE BARRIER NOT SHOWN OVER WOOD -BASED SHEATHING, TWO LAYERS OF GRADE D WEATHER-RESISTNE BARRIER ARE REQUIRED. CONTINUE THE DOUBLE LAYER A MINIMUM OF 6- PAST THE END OF THE • - WOOD -BASED SHEATHING TO PROVIDE FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL • • - LAPPING OF THE WEATHER -RESISTIVE BARRIER. WEEP SCREED ATTACHMENT —STEP 2 WEEP SCREED ATTACHMENT . T ' APPROVED SHEATHING APPROVED'SHATHING " FRAMING FRAMING 00 A • o • 0 00 ' �' 718"J• WEEP •., '� '••-•' 7/BREEWEEP ' •.., �' ; • oo •• SCREED CUT •••. •• i'./� \•V/ SCREED CUT y• "8 - • AND BENT AS • e /• AND BENT AS • SHOWN AND 1' ' �•. / SHOWN AND • -1• ' • 4 • ' INSTALLED WITH INSTALLED WITH - • • _ . _ • AMINIMUM'2'LAP ri+�•') BLDG.GRADE AMINIMUM 2'LAP BLDG. GRADE OVER 1 3B' WEEP -�• ' • • • • ' SEALANT BEAD TO OVER 1 318' WEEP AA '••- • SLANT BD TO SCREED : • •• SEAL METAL JOINT SCREED • • - SEAL METAL JOINT•. ' • .• 1 3/8' •J' WEEP SCREED CUT AND INSTALLED AT SHEATHING EDGE FOUNDATION FOUNDATION NOTE 1: WEATHER -RESISTIVE BARRIER NOT SHOWN OVER WOOD -BASED NOTE 1: • WEATHER -RESISTIVE BARRIER NOT SHOWN OVER WOOD -BASED SHEATHING, TWO LAYERS OF GRADE D WEATHER -RESISTIVE BARRIER SHEATHING, TWO LAYERS OF GRADE D WEATHER-RESISTNE BARRIER ARE REQUIRED. CONTINUE THE DOUBLE LAYER A MINIMUM OF 6- PAST ARE REQUIRED. CONTINUE THE DOUBLE LAYER A MINIMUM OF 6' PAST THE END OF THE WOOD -BASED SHEATHING TO PROVIDE FOR HORIZONTAL• THE END OF THE WOOMASED SHEATHING TO PROVIDE FOR HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL LAPPING OF THE WEATHER-RESISTNE BARRIER. • OR VERTICAL LAPPING OF THE WEATHER -RESISTIVE BARRIER. FIGURE 2—TYPICAL INSTALLATION DETAILS --(Continued) Page 10of12 ESR-1194 1 ATTACHMENT OF ••O IPLANTmON,s FRAMING i�i�i••i . ONS i■s iiiil INSULATION BOARD pry %1��•�•: •••••1 1 ••••11 S 1••••••1 1••�•�•1 APPROVED LAI� OMEGA DIAMOND1••••�•1 • F ••••••1 ,•••:••1 /•••••�+ /••=•••1 1•:•.1 /••••1 1••••1 iSulLoUG PAPER1••••••I 1•••• r rlPLA14T ONRESISTANT �••�•�•1 �•••1 {e•i•1 Mr• •. 1••••••+ 1.1••••+ �• • ' 1••' FAS 1 ��•�•• 1�•�•�•� 1�•�•i 4 ♦ ` OMEGA1••••••1 1-•1• 1.•.�, iNsuv"noN,BOARDI/�•�•�•1 1••••• 1 1••••' 1•�r�r l rFAAAMNO 1••••••1 1�•�•. APPROVED EPS D.6I76LE-FACE6 PARAPET .:2'FIASWNG; ROOFING MATERIIAL YO STOP AT BOTIVA' OF F.LASmwa 'G OMEGA DIAMOND WALL ONEOLUT OMEGA MM 90n.1: T FD *ApP At T hTA AIA%tMLUM Oi'3 (NCKE$ TK= AND. fY[OTM OF a INCK S` StWl1 BE FABTE�Ea BYA fi'.INIYIIH 0.to2 RXCK-SHANK-OIAA'sTEYt't'.i7RRO5tV=_- . RES'STA.`IT.FASTENER A7; tO R iES Ota CENTER. •tT•ONS SYiOER THAN 4 RtCtm : MLL. REOUiRE'ADDR(ONAL FASTENERS AT<A itATE;OF� I _PER,EVERY4 I`.Y.Fi WIOTN,:.. MAXIMUM LMIDTN SKALL.NOT ExCE£O48': I TERMINATION'AT'DECK-OR.GABLE I' SMIM AT'CENTER ' FiiA&ANG (OVTIOMAL)- . iir eJc7: 5HEA7Nit+6: INSULATION BOARD fRAMixG ' -. MRE.CATK: . O..MEGA'OIAAMNO WALL OP't Ml r INSULATION COARa :- WRE LATI UBC APPROVED BUILDING'PAPER OFdEGA DIAMOND _ 7:FLASittNG- .-lomeGA FINISK :(OPTIONAL) !-. U80"AP+ ROVED WILDING PAPER ONE LAYER OFiS4 OR COliNTERFL'ASNIYG; TWO.LAYERS:PLASTCA, . WAFT; G'. LAP O. t EXT. FACE LA? rOVER FlAV9'NG'cm ROOF . SIDE. , FIGURE 2—TYPICAL INSTALLATION DEATILS-(Continued) Page 19 of 12 ESR-1194� BULLNOSE CORNER OPTION 1 ' BULLNOSE CORNER OPTION 2 { + ' 'FRAMING • ~ I FRAMING INSULATION BOARD " INSULATION BOARD WIRE LATH • WIRE LATH + OMEGA DIAMOND WALL (MIN. 3f8-) OMEGA DIAMOND WALL (MIN. 3l8") OMEGA FINISH (OPTIONAL) _ _ MEGA FINISH (OPTIONAL) •` i U$C APPROVED BUILDING PAPER 1 • +. ti, • UBC APPROVED BUILDING PAPER , r CORNER AID' - PENETRATION OF WINDOW • • FRAMING .. -{` APPROVED FLASHING.' FRAMING � - UBC APPROVED BUILDING PAPER f INSULATION BOARD . INSULATION BOARD ` WIRE LATH SQUARE . OMEGA DIAMOND WALL (MIN. 3/e') CORNER -AID " WIRE LATH MEGA FINISH (OPTIONAL) - c UBC APPROVED BUILDING PAPER - ' OMEGA DIAMOND I ` - WALL (MIN. WS-) . OMEGA FINISH (OPTIONAL) ' WINDOW NAIL FLANGE pWINDOW ' APPROVED FLASHING BUILDING • WINDGEOW U PAPENDERR ^ •FLAN TWO LAVERS OF c _ — UBC APPROVED BUILDING PAPER H APPROVED FLASHING OVER BUILDING - PAPER I I. FIGURE 2—TYPICAL INSTALLATION DETAILS —{Continued) Page 12 of 12 • ' ,, ' ESR-1194 t INSTALLATION CARD r . Diamond Wall One Coat System Omega Products International, Inc. a ,� Project Address - •ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. W "'Report ESR-1194 H • , 1• .k f Date Completed: ' Plastering Contractor a ` Name: ' Address: Telephone No.. Approved contractor number as issued by Omega Products intl'l, Inc. This is to certify that the exterior coating system on the building exterior at the above address has been'installed in accordance with the evaluation ti report and:the manufacturers instructions. - Signature of authorized representative of plastering contractor Date , r This installation card must be presented to the building inspector after completion of work and before final inspection. �M r FIGURE 3' DECLARATION Diamond Wall PM ` ' Omega Products International, Inc. 1681 California Drive r Corona, CA 92881 Phone: (909) 737-7447 Fax: (909) 737-8636 + F Project Address: ' * Dater _ The field hatching and mixing of all components of the exterior wall coating at the address noted above have been continuously inspected. The , field batching and mixing have been found to comply with current evaluation report ESR-1194 and approved plans. Authorized Inspector's Signature: _ Authorized Inspectors Name (print): Employers Name: ' Employers Address: , Telephone Number: ( ) ` Fax Number: ( ) r his is to certify that the above noted inspector, approved by Omega Products International, Inc., was authorized to inspect the project so noted . and was trained to properly discharge his duties. Omega Officer Signature: Signer's Name (print:) • F a' Date: ` 'Signature required only if inspector is not an employee of Omega Products International, Inc. • • FIGURE 4 " LEGACY REPORT ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. Business Regional www.icc-es.org Regional Ci-r OF- LA C UINTA BUILDING & SAFETY DEPT. PFC-4354 RE issued July 1, 2004 'at Office ■ 5360 Workman Mill Road, Whittier, Calilbrr a 90601 ■ (562) 699-0543 ■ 900 Montclair Road, Suite A, Birmingham, Alabam 35213 ■ (205) 599-9800 94051 West RossrweeFRcgcyfronnbyEtotr'pllls, ffin 60478 0 (708) 799-2305 Legacy report on the 1997 Uniform Building Code TM, the 2000 International Building Code®, the 2000 International Residential Code®, the BOLA® National Building Code/1999 and the 1999 Standard Building Code° DIVISION: 06— WOOD AND PLASTICS Section: 06170—Prefabricated Structural Wood TJI®/Pro- SERIES PREFABRICATED WOOD kJOISTS AND OPEN -WEB TRUSSES TRUS JOIST, A WEYERHAEUSER BUSINESS POST OFFICE BOX 8449 BOISE, IDAHO 83707-2449 1.0 SUBJECT TJI®/ProTm Series Prefabricated Wood I -Joists and Open - Web Trusses. 2.0 DESCRIPTION Open -Web Trusses described in this report are an alternative method of construction to that specified in Section 2303, Item 5.1 of the 1997 Uniform Building CodeTm (UBC); Section 2303.1.2 in the 2000 International Building Code® (IBC), for allowable stress design; Section 2313.5 in the BOCA® National Building Code/1999 (BNBC); and Section 2301.4.11 in the 1999 Standard Building Code° (SBC). TJI/Pro series prefabricated wood I -joists described in this report comply with Section 2303, Item 5.1 of the UBC; Section 2303.1.2 of the IBC, for allowable stress design; Section R502.1.4 of the IRC; Section 2313.5 of the BNBC; and Section 2301.4.11 of the SBC. 2.1 TJI/Pro Series Joists: 2.1.1 General: TJI/Pro series joists are prefabricated wood I -joists having wood -based flanges and Performance Plus® oriented strand board (OSB) webs. Either the top and bottom flanges are parallel, forming a constant -depth joist; or the top flange has a single taper, forming a variable -depth joist. The web panels have the face grain oriented vertically and the web -to -web connection is either butt jointed or serrated and glued to form a continuous web. The web -to -flange connection is a proprietary tongue -and -groove glued joint. Refer to Table 1 for TJI/Pro series joists and material description. 2.1.2 Material Specifications: 2.1.2.1 Flanges: Flange material is either Microllam® laminated veneer lumber (LVL) or TimberStrand® laminated strand lumber (LSL). Both materials are recognized in ICC-ES Legacy Report ER-4979. Table 1 specifies flange width, depth, and grade requirements. 2.1.2.2 Webs: Web material is Performance Plus® OSB conforming to DOC Voluntary Product Standard PS2-92, Exposure 1, along with further requirements set forth in the approved quality control manual that contains Trus Joist manufacturing standards. 2.1.2.3 Adhesives: Adhesives shall be of the types specified in the approved quality control manual that contains Trus Joist manufacturing standards. 2.1.3 Design and Installation: The design and installation of TJI/Pro series joists described in this report must comply with Sections 2.1.3.1 through 2.1.3.12. Design of TJI joists is governed by the applicable code and ANSI/AF&PA NDS-91, National Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS), revised 1991 edition; and by the supplement to the 1991 edition of the NDS. 2.1.3.1 Allowable Capacity: Table 2 specifies allowable moments, reactions, shears, and joist stiffness (En. Maximum allowable reactions are based on minimum and maximum bearing lengths of 13/, inches and 31/2 inches (44.5 and 89 mm), for simple spans; and 31/2 inches and 5'/4 inches (89 and 133 mm) at intermediate support points for continuous spans. When joists are used as multiple span members, the design shear is the calculated shear at the intermediate support, reduced by the following formula and limited to the depths shown in Table 11. R=W=Ks 18% where: K = V12 =100. R = The percent reduction. V12 = The allowable shear for a 12 inch or 11% inch deep (305 mm or 302 mm) joist (pounds). W = The uniform load (plf). The allowable design shear at the interior supports of multiple -span -member TJI/Pro series joists up to 12 inches (305 mm) deep, used in residential floor construction is permitted to be increased an additional 10 percent. This increase of allowable design shear does not apply to the design shear at the ends of the joists. 2.1.3.2 Fasteners: Allowable capacities and the spacing of fasteners in the Microllam LVL and TimberStrand LSL flanges must comply with ER-4979 and the code. Allowable withdrawal loads and lateral loads for nails installed perpendicular or parallel to the Microllam LVL or /CC -ES legacy reports are not to be construed as representing aesthetics or any other attributes not specifically addressed, nor are they to be construed as an endorsement of the subject of the report or a recommendation for its use. There is no warranty by /CC Evaluation Service, Inc., express or implied, as to f any finding or other matter in this report, or as to any product covered by the report. Copyright © 2004 Page 1 of 24 Page 2 of 24 PFC-4354 TimberStrand LSL flange glue lines, are assigned the same values as those provided in the code for nails installed in sawn lumber having a specific gravity of 0.50, such as Douglas fir -larch. Allowable fastener spacings for Microllam LVL and TimberStrand LSL flanges must comply with the minimum spacing requirements prescribed by the code for nails installed in sawn lumber having a specific gravity of 0.50, such as for Douglas fir -larch. The allowable capacities for metal straps or tension -ties, recognized in a current ICC-ES evaluation report, or ICC-ES Legacy Reportwhen connected to TJI/Pro series joist flanges, in conformance with Figure 8, of this report, may be calculated using an allowable stress design capacity of 112 pounds (498 N) per nail. The connections with the structural composite lumber flanges may be used for out -of -plane wall anchorage to flexible diaphragms in lieu of the minimum 21/2 inch (63.5 mm) wood element thickness specified in Item 5 of Section 1633.2.8.1 of the UBC. 2.1.3.3 Web Stiffeners: Web stiffener requirements for reactions and concentrated loads are noted in Table 2 and Figure 1. 2.1.3.4 Lateral Support: TJI/Pro series joist compression flanges with widths less than 2.30 inches (58.4 mm) require lateral support every 18 inches (457 mm) on center. TJI joist compression flanges with widths equal to or greater than 2.30 inches (58.4 mm) require lateral support every 24 inches (610 mm) on center. Each connection must be capable of transmitting a 75-pound (334 N) horizontal load. All TJI/Pro series joist ends require restraint to prevent rollover. Code - approved methods of lateral restraint specified for sawn lumber are acceptable. Bridging is not required for floor and roof TJI/Pro series joist applications. 2.1.3.5 Holes in the TJI/Pro Series Joist Web: Charts A and B in Figure 2 specify allowable sizes and location of round, square or rectangular holes in the TJI/Pro series joist webs. 2.1.3.6 Duration of Load: Adjustments for duration of load, in accordance with Item 6 of Section 2316.2 of the UBC or Part 2.3.2 of the NDS, apply to the TJI/Pro series joists and their fastenings. 2.1.3.7 In -Service Moisture Conditions: TJI/Pro series joist design values must be adjusted in accordance with Section 4.14 of the NDS when in-service moisture content exceeds 16 percent. 2.1.3.8 Repetitive -member Use: The allowable bending moment is permitted to be increased by four percent when the TJI/Pro series joist installation complies with repetitive - member use as defined in Part 4.3.4 of the NDS. 2.1.3.9 Member Spans: TJI/Pro series joist spans must be determined in accordance with Part 3.2.1 of the NDS and Item 11 of Section 2316.2 of the UBC. Vertical shear calculations must include all loads within the span from face to face of supports. 2.1.3.10 Deflection: Deflection of simple span TJI/Pro series joists with either uniform load or a concentrated load at midspan is determined using the formulas in the footnotes to Table 2. 2.1.3.11 Blocking Panels: Bearing walls perpendicular to and supported by TJI/Pro series joists at the end or intermediate supports, orboth, require full -depth blocking. TJI joists up to 16 inches (406 mm) in depth, .when used as blocking panels or rim joist have a maximum vertical load transfer capacity of 2,000 plf (29 185 N/m). 2.1.3.12 TJI/Pro Series Rim Joists: TJI/Pro series rim joists having depths of up to 16 inches (406 mm) have a maximum vertical load transfer capacity of 2,000 plf (29 185 N/m). TJI/Pro series rim joists having depths of up to 16 inches (406 mm) are permitted to be used as boundary members of horizontal wood structural diaphragms. The allowable shear values in pounds per foot, specified in the code for horizontal wood structural panel diaphragms with framing of nominal 2 inch (50.8 mm) thick Douglas fir -larch or southern pine are applicable to TJI rim joists, in unblocked and blocked diaphragm applications. The TJI/Pro series rim joist must be laterally supported at the top and continuously supported at the bottom, and the gravity loads must be uniformly applied along the top. Other loading and support conditions must be investigated and approved by a design professional. 2.1.3.13 Cantilevered TJI/Pro Series Joists: TJI/Pro series joists are permitted to be installed with cantilevers, provided the cantilevers have a maximum length equal to one-third of the adjacent span and support uniform loads only, unless designed by a design professional. 2.2 Open -Web Trusses: 2.2.1 General: Open -Web trusses are Warren -style trusses that have either parallel, tapered or pitched chord members. The trusses have wood chords, steel -tube webs, and steel -pin web -chord connectors. Open -Web trusses recognized in this evaluation report are: TJLTm, TJHTm, TJMTm, TJSTm, and TJW TM. The maximum on center spacing of the TJL and TJW trusses is 48 inches (1219 mm). Sheathing materials are nailed directly to the top chord members. Ceilings are either attached directly to the bottom chord, applied to stripping or resilient (or hat) channels or are suspended. 2.2.1.1 TJL Open -Web Truss: Chords are single nominal 2 by 4 MSR (machine stress rated) lumber, Microllam LVL or TimberStrand LSL positioned flatwise. TimberStrand LSL is used in compression chords and only at pin or bearing locations where 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) diameter pins are used. Web members are round steel tubing connected to the chord members with either 3/8 inch or 5/8 inch (9.5 or 15.9 mm) diameter solid -steel pins. 2.2.1.2 TJH Open -Web Truss: Chords are double nominal 2 by 6 MSR lumber or Microllam LVL positioned edgewise. Web members are round steel tubing connected to the chord members with either 3/, inch or 11/4 inch (19.1 mm or 31.8 mm) diameter solid -steel headed pins. The pins are held in place by spring -clip washers placed on the end of the pins. 2.2.1.3 TJM Open -Web Truss: Chords are double nominal 2 by 4 MSR lumber or Microllam LVL positioned edgewise. Web members are round steel tubing connected to chord members with either 5/8 inch or 1 inch (15.9 mm or 25.4 mm) diameter solid -steel headed pins. The pins are held in place by spring -clip washers placed on the end of the pins. 2.2.1.4 TJS Open -Web Truss: Chords are double 1.5 inch by 2.30 inch (25.4 mm by 58.4 mm) Microllam LVL members positioned edgewise. Web members are round steel tubing connected to chord members with either'/2 inch or 3/4 inch (12.7 mm or 19.1 mm) diameter solid -steel headed pins. The pins are held in place by spring -clip washers placed on the end of the pins. Tension chords are continuous without finger joints, and compression chords may contain finger joints. 2.2.1.5 TJW Open -Web Truss: Chords are single nominal 2 inch by 5 inch (51 mm by 127 mm) MSR lumber or TimberStrand LSL positioned flatwise. TimberStrand LSL is used in compression chords and only at pin or bearing locations where % inch (15.9 mm) diameter pins are used. Web members are round steel tubing connected to chord members with either % inch or 5/, inch (9.5 mm or 15.9 mm) diameter solid -steel pins. Page 3 of 24 PFC-4354 2.2.2 Materials: 2.2.2.1 Chords: Chords consist of either Microllam LVL, TimberStrand LSL, stress graded structural lumber or MSR lumber. Microllam LVL and TimberStrand LSL are recognized in ER-4979. Stress -graded structural lumber is graded as either A (1.8E), AA (2.OE), or AAA (2.2E) in accordance with the approved quality control manual that includes the Trus Joist manufacturing standards. MSR lumber is graded as either2100E-1.8E, 2400E-2.OE, or2700E-2.2E in accordance with grading rules specified in the approved quality control manual that includes the Trus Joist manufacturing standards. Lumber species are Douglas fir -larch, southern pine, hem -fir, spruce -pine -fir, or Englemann spruce/lodgepole pine. Chords having glued finger joints are manufactured and tension -tested in accordance with the approved quality control manual that includes the Trus Joist manufacturing standards, to form continuous chord members. 2.2.2.2 Webs: Webs are cold -formed steel tubes conforming to ASTM A 500, Grade B, with the exceptions noted in the approved Trus Joist Open -Web Truss manufacturing standard. The electrically welded steel tubing ends are swedged flat, and have punched holes for the pin connectors. Each web member gage is identified as specified in the approved Trus Joist Open -Web Truss manufacturing standard. 2.2.2.3 Pin Connectors: The steel pin connectors are of the dimensions and materials as specified in the approved Trus Joist Open -Web truss quality control manual and manufacturing standard. 2.2.2.4 Bearing Clips: Bearing clips, have different configurations for each Open -Web truss series, and are fabricated from ASTM A 446 steel. 2.2.2.5 Tension Connector: The tension connector is a variable-density.LVL component used at splice locations of Open -Web truss tension chords. It has both nondensified and densified sections. The nondensified section is finger -jointed to sawn lumber tension chord members, and the densified section is spliced with steel plates on both sides of the connector with the number of bolts required by design. See Figure 4 for details. 2.2.3 Design and Installation: Open -Web trusses are designed in accordance with accepted truss design principles and this report. 2.2.3.1 Chord Members: Table 3 provides chord section properties and Table 4 provides allowable chord stresses. The top chords of the Open -Web trusses are designed as continuous members subject to combined axial and bending stresses. The bottom chords are designed as axially loaded tension members, provided ceilings that are directly applied to the chords, or stripping spaced not more than 24 inches (610 mm) on center, do not weigh more than 5 psf (0.24 kN/m'). For other conditions, the bottom chords are designed as continuous members subject to combined axial and bending stresses. 2.2.3.2 Web Members: Table 5 provides allowable tension and compression loads, including bearing, for web members. 2.2.3.3 Pin Connectors: Table 6 provides allowable loads for pin connectors bearing on chord members. The allowable load for the resultant of parallel and perpendicular pin loading on the chord member is determined using the Hankinson formula in accordance with the code. 2.2.3.4 Bearing Assemblies: Tables 7 and 8 provide allowable reactions at supports with bearing clips. See Figure 5. 2.2.3.5 Duration of Load: The allowable chord flexural stresses may be increased in accordance with Item 6 of Section 2316.2 of the UBC or Part 2.3.2 of the NDS. 2.2.3.6 Repetitive Member Use: When Open -Web truss installation complies with repetitive -member use in accordance with Part 4.3.4 of the NDS, the allowable parallel - to -grain tension and compression chord stresses noted in Tables 3 and 4 are permitted to be increased 7 percent for sawn lumber and 4 percent for Microllam LVL or TimberStrand LSL chords. 2.2.3.7 Deflection: For uniformly loaded simple -span applications, deflection is calculated as follows: Q _ 22.5 WL4 El where: El = Truss stiffness in the table below (lb. -in.'). OPEN -WEB TRUSS SERIES CHORD DEPTH (in.) El (Ib.-in.') TJL . 1.5 5.00 x 106d' TJLX 1.5 5.26 x 106d' TJW 1.5 6.78 x 106d' TJS 2.3 6.94 x 106d' TJM 3.5 10.06 x 106d' TJH 5.5 15.93 x 106d' For SI: 1 lb. -in.` = 2870 N-mm'. d = Average depth of the truss minus the chord depth in the table above (pin -to -pin depth of the truss) (inches). W = Uniform load (plf). L = Clear span (feet). 2.2.3.8 Tension Connector: The variable -density LVL tension -connector design parameters are as follows: Bolt bearing in wood: 6,800 psi (46.88 MPa). Tension in densified net area: 2,700 psi (18.62 MPa). Tension in nondensified area: 1,970 psi (13.58 MPa). The bolt end distance a shall not be less than 4d or e whichever is greater, where; d = diameter of bolt (inches). e = P=(1,200t) P = load per bolt (pounds). t = thickness of connector, measured along the bolt (inches). Steel side plates and bolts shall be designed in accordance with the code. 2.2.3.9 Lateral Support: Each Open -Web truss compression chord member, including each member of double member chords, requires lateral support at least every 24 inches (610 mm). Each connection must be capable of transmitting a 75 pound (334 N) horizontal load. Table 9 provides lateral restraint requirements for Open -Web truss compression chord members. 2.2.3.10 Metal Strap or Tension -Tie Capacity: The allowable capacities for metal straps or tension -ties, recognized in a current ICC-ES evaluation report, when connected to structural composite lumber chord members Rage 4 of 24 PFC-4354 or minimum nominal 2-by-4 structural composite lumber nailer plates of Open -Web trusses, in conformance with Figure 8, of this report, may be calculated using an allowable stress design capacity of 112 pounds (498 N) per nail. The connections with the structural composite lumber chords or nailer plates may be used for out -of -plane wall anchorage to flexible diaphragms in lieu of the minimum 2'/2 inch (63.5 mm) wood element thickness specified in Item 5 of Section 1633.2.8.1 of the UBC. 2.3 One -hour Fire -resistive Roof -ceiling or Floor -Ceiling Assemblies: Refer to Figure 6 for details. For assemblies A, B, C, D, E and F, used as floor ceiling assemblies over crawl spaces, it is permitted to omit the ceiling membrane over the unusable crawl space. Additionally, flooring is permitted to be omitted where unusable attic space occurs above, provided the lateral support requirements of Sections 2.1.3.4 or 2.2.3.9 of this report are met. 2.3.1 Assembly A: A double wood floor consisting of a subfloor of nominal 1 inch (25.4 mm) thick tongue -and -groove sheathing or 32/16 span -rated sheathing (Exposure 1); and a second layer of nominal 1 inch (25.4 mm) thick, tongue -and - groove finish flooring. Alternatively, the finish flooring is permitted to be 40/20 span -rated sheathing (Exposure 1), or Type I, Grade M-1 particleboard not less than 5/5 inch (15.9 mm) thick. All butt joints of the sheathing must be located over framing members. When used as a roof -ceiling assembly, a single layer of square -edge span -rated sheathing (Exposure 1), complying with the code, is permitted to be used for roof sheathing. 2. TJI/Pro series joists with a minimum flange depth of 1'/2 inches (38 mm) or Open -Web trusses must be installed in accordance with this report at a maximum spacing of 48 inches (1219 mm) on center. 3. The suspended ceiling must consist of 5/5 inch (15.9 mm) thick, 2 foot by 2 foot (610 mm by 610 mm) or 2 foot by 4 foot (610 mm by 1219 mm), USG FIRECODE AURATONE lay -in acoustical board supported by an approved, exposed fire -rated suspension system attached to the bottom flange or chord or to cold -rolled channels spaced not more than 48 inches (1219 mm) on center. When TJI/Pro series joists or Open -Web trusses are spaced more than 24 inches (610 mm) on center, framing perpendicular to the joists or trusses must be installed at 24 inches (610 mm) on center to support the ceiling. 4. Installed over the acoustical board are minimum 1 inch (25.4 mm) thick, 4 pcf (64 kg/m3), Thermafibero Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets or Fibre)e-FBX 1240 Industrial Boards or Fibrex®-IF 1240 Flex Batts. Light fixtures having a maximum size of 2 feet by 4 feet (610 mm by 1219 mm) are permitted to be installed in the ceiling, provided the aggregate area of fixtures does not exceed 12 square feet per 100 square feet (1.1 m2 per 9.3 m2) of ceiling area and the fixtures are protected as follows [using, for illustration, a 2 foot by 4 foot (610 mm by 1219 mm) fixture]: A 2'/4 inch by 48 inch (57 mm by 1219 mm), minimum 1'/4 inch (31.8 mm) thick piece of minimum 4 pcf (64 kg/m3) Thermafiber rigid mineral fiber board or Fibrex-FBX 1240 Industrial Board or Fibrex-IF 1240 Flex Batt light fixture protection is laid along the long sides of the fixture, and against adjacent suspension members; two pieces of the same insulation measuring 191/2 inches by 48 inches (495 mm by'1219 mm) are laid over the top of the fixture and a 4'/2 inch by 24 inch (114 mm by 610 mm) piece of the same insulation is laid at each end and tied at the corners of the fixture, to the top pieces using No. 18 SWG steel wire. See Figure 3 for details. In addition, ceiling openings for air diffusers, up to a maximum of 12 inches (305 mm) in diameter, are permitted, provided openings are protected with approved fire dampers and the aggregate areas do not exceed 113 square inches (72 900 mm2) per 100 square feet (9.3 m2) of ceiling area. The distance from the bottom of the TJI/Pro series joist or Open -Web truss to the soffit of the ceiling must be 10 inches (254 mm), minimum. 2.3.2 Assembly B: 1. The flooring must consist of a single layer of 48/24 span - rated, tongue -and -groove, sheathing (Exposure 1). When used as a roof -ceiling assembly, the decking is permitted to be any wood deck recognized in the code. All butt joints of the sheathing must be located over framing members. 2. TJI/Pro series joists or Open -Web trusses must be installed in accordance with this report, with a maximum spacing of 24 inches (610 mm) on center for floor -ceiling assemblies. When used in roof -ceiling assemblies, the joists or trusses are permitted to be spaced a maximum of 48 inches (1219 mm) on center. 3. Optional minimum 31/2 inch (89 mm) thick glass fiber insulation or non-combustible insulation that is rated R-30 or less may be installed in the joist plenum when resilient channels are used. The insulation must be placed above the resilient channels between the joist bottom flanges or truss bottom chords. 4. The ceiling membrane must consist of two layers of '/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick Type X gypsum board complying with ASTM C 36, attached to the joist bottom flange or the truss bottom chord. The first layer of gypsum board must be attached using 15/5 inch (41.3 mm) long Type S screws spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center. The second layer must be installed with the joints staggered from the first layer. The second layer must be fastened to the joists or trusses with 2 inch (51 mm) long Type S screws spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center in the field and 8 inches (203 mm) on center at the butt joints. Type G screws, 11/2 inches (38 mm) long, must be spaced 8 inches (203 mm) on center and 6 inches (152 mm) from each side of the butt joints of the second layer. The second layer must be finished with joint tape and compound. 5. Resilient channels are permitted to be used as part of the ceiling attachment system, provided they are spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center [24 inches (610 mm) on center if the joists or trusses are spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center] and fastened perpendicular to the joists or trusses using 1 inch (25.4 mm) long, Type S screws. The first layer of the ceiling membrane must be attached to the resilient channels using 1 inch (25.4 mm) long Type S screws spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center. The second layer must be installed with the joints staggered from the first layer and attached using 15/e inch -long (41.3 mm) Type S screws. The screw spacing for the second layer of gypsum board must be a maximum of 12 inches (305 mm) on center in the field and 8 inches (203 mm) on center at the butt joints. Type G screws, 11/2 inches (38 mm) long, must be spaced 8 inches (203 mm) on center and 6 inches (152 mm) from each side of the butt joints of the second layer. Oage 5 of 24 PFC-4354 The second layer must be finished with joint tape and compound. In roof -ceiling assemblies in which the TJI/Pro series joists or Open -Web trusses are spaced more than 24 inches (610 mm) on center, the ceiling, including the resilient channels, must be applied to stripping spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The attachment of the ceiling membrane to the stripping members must be similar to the attachment of the ceiling membrane to the joists or trusses. The stripping must be a minimum of nominal 2 by 4 construction grade Douglas fir lumber for spans up to 5 feet (1524 mm), and must be attached to the bottom flange or chord using minimum 10d nails. Stripping materials of equivalent strength and attachment are permitted when specifically approved by the building official. 2.3.3 Assembly C: The flooring must consist of a single layer of 48/24 span - rated, tongue -and -groove sheathing (Exposure 1). When used as a roof -ceiling assembly, a single layer of square - edge span -rated sheathing (Exposure 1), complying with the code, is permitted to be used for roof sheathing. All butt joints of the sheathing must be located over framing members. TJI/Pro series joists or Open -Web trusses must be installed in accordance with this report, with a maximum spacing of 24 inches (610 mm) on center for floor -ceiling assemblies. When used in roof -ceiling assemblies the joists or trusses are permitted to be spaced a maximum of 48 inches (1219 mm) on center. When the truss orjoist spacing exceeds 24 inches (610 mm) on center, framing perpendicular to the trusses or joists must be installed at 24 inches (610 mm) on center to support the ceiling. The ceiling membrane must consist of a single layer of inch (12.7 mm) thick, Type X gypsum board complying with ASTM C 36, attached to joists or trusses, or to stripping spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The gypsum board must be fastened using 15/, inch (41.3 mm) long, Type S screws located 6 inches (152 mm) on center at end joints and 8 inches (203 mm) on center in the field. 4. An approved, exposed, fire -rated, suspended -ceiling system must be installed beneath the gypsum board ceiling membrane. The minimum distance between the suspended ceiling and the gypsum board ceiling membrane must be 12 inches (305 mm). The grid system must be suspended with No. 12 SWG galvanized steel wire fastened to the stripping or joists or trusses using 3 inch (76 mm) long flathead hanger screws. Light fixture protection must consist of 6 inch (152 mm) wide pieces of ceiling grid panels that are 48 inches (1219 mm) long for the sides, and 24 inches (610 mm) long for the ends, with a full grid panel placed on top. A galvanized steel duct is permitted for each 200 square feet (18.6 mZ) of ceiling, provided the duct has a maximum 12 inch (305 mm) diameter steel diffuser opening without a damper, and a maximum 6 inch by 12 inch (152 mm by 305 mm) return air opening. Ceiling panels must be 1/1 inch (15.9 mm) thick, USG FIRECODE AURATONE. Non- combustible batt insulation that is rated R-30 or less is permitted to be installed above the gypsum board, in the cavity between the joists or trusses. 2.3.4 Assembly D: 1. The flooring must consist of a single layer of 48/24 span rated, tongue -and -groove sheathing (Exposure 1). When used as a roof -ceiling assembly, a single layer of square - edge, span -rated sheathing (Exposure 1), complying with the code, is permitted to be used for roof sheathing. All butt joints of the sheathing must be located over framing members. 2. The TJI/Pro series joists or Open -Web trusses must be installed in accordance with this report, with a maximum spacing of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. 3. The ceiling membrane must consist of a single layer of inch (12.7 mm) thick USG FIRECODE® Type C gypsum board or WestroO Fireboard C gypsum board screw - attached to steel furring channels placed perpendicular to the joists or trusses. The furring channels are spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center and are attached and suspended from the joists or trusses using No. 24 gage proprietary attachment clips designated "Simpson Strong - Tie CSC Support Clips." A CSC support clip must be located at each joist or truss, -to support the furring channel. At channel splices, adjacent pieces are overlapped a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm), and are tied with double -strand No. 18 SWG galvanized steel wire at each end of the overlap. 4. A layer of 1 inch (25.4 mm) thick, .minimum 6 pcf (96 kg/m3), Thermafiber mineral -wool blanket, or Fibrex-FBX 1280 Industrial Board or Fibrex-IF 1280 Flex Batt must be placed between the bottom flanges of the joists or the bottom chords of the trusses and the top of the furring channels. Alternatively, a layer of 2 inch (51 mm) thick, Thermafiber mineral -wool blanket, having a density of 8 pcf (128 kg/m3), is permitted to be used. 2.3.5 Assembly E: The flooring must consist of a double wood floor as described in Section 2.3.1, Assembly A, of this evaluation report, or a single layer of 48/24 span -rated, tongue -and - groove sheathing (Exposure 1). When joists or trusses are used in a roof -ceiling assembly, a single layer of square -edge, span -rated sheathing (Exposure 1), complying with the code is permitted to be used for roof sheathing. All butt joints of the sheathing must be located over framing members. 2. TJI/Pro series joists or Open -Web trusses must be installed in accordance with this report, with a maximum spacing of 24 inches (610 mm) on center for floor -ceiling assemblies, and a maximum spacing of 48 inches (1219 mm) on center for roof -ceiling assemblies. When the flooring consists of a double wood floor as described in Section 2.3.1, Assembly A, of this report, the joists or trusses may be spaced a maximum of 48 inches (1219 mm) on center. When the joists or trusses are spaced more than 24 inches (610 mm) on center, the ceiling, including the resilient channels, must be applied to stripping spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The attachment of the ceiling membrane to the stripping must be similar to the attachment of the ceiling membrane to the joists or trusses. The stripping must be nominal 2 by 4 construction grade Douglas fir lumber for spans up to 5 feet (1524 mm), and must be attached to the joist bottom flange or truss bottom chord using 10d nails. Stripping materials of equivalent strength and attachment are permitted when specifically approved by the building official. Any approved ceiling membrane that provides a minimum 40 minute finish rating must be used. An example of an approved ceiling having a 40 minute finish rating is one that consists of two layers of 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick, Type X gypsum board complying with ASTM C 36, a minimum of 4 feet (1219 mm) wide, installed perpendicular to the joists or trusses, as described in Page 6 of 24 PFC-4354 Assembly B (Section 2.3.2 of this report). Substantiating data, including a report of the fire -endurance testing conducted in accordance with UBC Standard 7-1 orASTM E 119, must be furnished to the local building official, and must verify that a particular ceiling system meets the 40 minute finish rating requirements. When the finish rating is to be determined, temperature performance of protective membranes must be in accordance with Section 7.144 of UBC Standard 7-1. The finish rating is defined in Section 7.145 of UBC Standard 7-1. 2.3.6 Assembly F: The flooring must consist of a single layer of 48/24 span - rated, tongue -and -groove sheathing (Exposure 1). The flooring must be attached to the joist top flange with AFG- 01 construction adhesive, and nailed using 8d common nails spaced a maximum of 6 inches (152 mm) on center along the boundary and edges and 12 inches (305 mm) on center in the field. When used as a roof -ceiling assembly, a single layer of square -edge, span -rated sheathing (Exposure 1), complying with the code is permitted to be used for roof sheathing. All butt joints of the floor or roof sheathing must be located over framing members. 2.4 AssemblyG: Two-hour Fire -resistive Roof -ceiling or Floor -ceiling Assembly: See Figure 7 for details. When used as a floor -ceiling assembly over crawl spaces, the ceiling membrane is permitted to be omitted over the unusable crawl space. Additionally, flooring is permitted to be omitted where unusable attic space occurs above the following system, provided .the requirements of Sections 2.1.3.4 or 2.2.3.9 of this report are met. 1. The floor sheathing must consist of a single layer of 48/24 span -rated, tongue -and -groove sheathing (Exposure 1). All butt joints of the floor or roof sheathing must be located over framing members. When TJI/Pro series joists or Open -Web trusses are used in a roof -ceiling assembly, a single layer of square - edge, span -rated sheathing (Exposure 1), complying with the code, is permitted to be used as roof sheathing. 2. TJI/Pro series joists or Open -Web trusses must be installed in accordance with this report, with a maximum spacing of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. Minimum joist or truss depth is 9'/, inches (235 mm). 2. TJI/Pro series joists must have nominal 2 by 4 or larger flanges, and must be installed in accordance with this report. When used in a floor -ceiling assembly, the joist spacing must not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) on center. 4. When used in a roof -ceiling assembly, the joist spacing is permitted to exceed 24 inches (610 mm) on center. 3. The ceiling membrane must consist of one layer of 5/, inch (15.9 mm) thick, USG FIRECODE Type C gypsum board or Westroc Fireboard C gypsum board, screw -attached to RC-1 resilient channels spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center, placed perpendicular to the joists. The resilient channels are attached with 15/, inch (41.3 mm) long, Type S screws at each joist. Two channels are provided at each gypsum board butt joint, and extend to the next joist beyond the longitudinal joints. The gypsum board must be fastened to the resilient channels with 1 inch (25.4 mm) long, Type S screws spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center in the field and 8 inches (203 mm) on center at the butt joints. In roof ceiling assemblies in which the joists are spaced more than 24 inches (610 mm) on center, the ceiling, including the resilient channels, must be attached to stripping spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The attachment of the ceiling membrane to the stripping members is similar to the attachment of the ceiling membrane to the joists. For spans up to 5 feet (1524 mm), the stripping members must be minimum nominal 2 by 4, construction grade Douglas fir lumber. The stripping must be attached to the bottom flanges of the joists using 10d common nails. Stripping materials of equivalent strength and attachment are permitted when specifically approved by the building official. 4. A layer of 1'/2 inch (38 mm) thick, minimum 21/2 pcf (40 kg/m3), Thermafiber Sound Attenuation Fire Blankets or Fibrex-SAFE (Sound Attenuation Fire Batts), must be placed between the bottom flanges of the joists and the top of the resilient channels. The insulation material must be friction -fitted into place and supported by the resilient channels. (Optional.) When insulation is used, it must consist of glass -fiber insulation with unfaced batts that are 24 inches (610 mm) wide by 48 inches (1219 mm) long by 31/2 inches (89 mm) thick. The insulation must be placed in the plenum and supported by stay wires spaced at 12 inches (305 mm) along the joist bottom flange or truss bottom chord. The ceiling membrane must consist of three layers of 5/, inch (15.9 mm) thick Gold Bond Fire Shield G, Type X, gypsum board. The base layer must be applied perpendicular to the joists or trusses, with end joints staggered, and must be attached directly to the bottom flange or chord using 1 % inch (41.3 mm) long, Type S screws spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center along each joist or truss. Resilient channels, minimum No. 28 gage [0.016-inch (0.41 mm)], must be applied under the first layer of. gypsum board, perpendicular to the joists or trusses and spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on center. The channels are attached to the bottom flange or chord of each joist or truss, respectively, with 15/, inch (41.3 mm) long, Type S screws. The middle layer of gypsum board must be installed perpendicular to the resilient channels, with end joints staggered, and attached to the resilient channels with 1 inch (25.4 mm) long, Type S screws spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center. The finish layer of gypsum board must be installed with edges and end joints staggered from the middle layer, and must be fastened to the resilient channels using 15/, inch (41.3 mm) long, Type S screws spaced 8 inches (203 mm) on center. Joints of the finish layer of gypsum board must be covered with joint compound and paper tape, and exposed screw heads must be covered with joint compound. 2.5 Alternate Floor or Roof Systems: An alternate floor or roof deck to Assemblies A, B, C, D, E and F, described in Sections 2.3.1 through 2.3.6, and to the two-hour assembly described in Section 2.4, consists of minimum 48/24 span -rated sheathing (Exposure 1), over either TJI/Pro series joists or Open -Web trusses spaced a maximum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center, with either 11/2 inch (38 mm) thick lightweight concrete or 3/, inch (19.1 mm) thick gypsum concrete over the sheathing. When the joists or trusses are limited to a maximum spacing of 20 inches (508 Page 7 of 24 PFC-4354 mm) on center, a minimum 40/20 span -rated sheathing .is permitted to be used. The gypsum concrete must . be recognized in a current ICC-ES evaluation report, and the report must include an evaluation for fire resistance that permits the replacement of the floor systems with the sheathing and gypsum -concrete system. 2.6 Sound Ratings: 2.6.1 Assembly B, Option 1, STC = 50: Assembly B (described in Section 2.3.2 and shown in Figure 6 of this report) has a minimum sound transmission class (STC) rating of 50 when constructed with resilient channels spaced at 16 inches (406 mm) on center to separate the ceiling membrane from the structural framing. This assembly has the following minimum impact insulation class (IIC) ratings when constructed with the corresponding additional materials described below. 1. IIC Rating of 60: The floor covering must include a 40 ounce per square yard (1.36 kg/m2) pad and a 56 ounce per square yard (1.90 kg/m2) carpet. 2. IIC . Rating of 51: The floor covering must consist of Tarkett Acoustiflor sheet vinyl, the ceiling must consist of two layers of 5/e inch (15.9 mm) thick, Type X gypsum board, and the bottom of the floor cavity must contain 31/2 inch (89 mm) thick glass -fiber insulation. 3. IIC rating of 45: The floor covering shall include a 43.2 ounce per square yard (1.47/kg/m2), minimum 0.123 inch (3.1 mm) thick cushioned vinyl. 2.6.2 Assembly B, Option 2, STC = 58: Assembly B (described in Section 2.3.2 and shown in Figure 6 of this report) has a minimum STC rating of 58 when constructed with resilient channels spaced at 16 inches (406 mm) on center to separate the ceiling membrane from the structural framing, and with a 3/4-inch (19.1 mm) thick floor topping of gypsum concrete recognized in a current evaluation report. This assembly has the following IIC ratings when constructed with the additional materials described below. 1. IIC Rating of 54: The floor covering must include a 40 ounce per square yard (1.36 kg/m2) pad and a 56 ounce per square yard (1.90 kg/m2) carpet. 2. IIC Rating of 54: The floor covering must consist of Tarkett Acoustiflor sheet vinyl, the ceiling must consist of two layers of 5/e inch (15.9 mm) thick, Type X gypsum board, and the bottom of the floor cavity must contain 31/2 inch (89 mm) thick glass fiber insulation. 3. IIC Rating of 50: The floor covering must be either Armstrong VIOS or Armstrong Cambray sheet vinyl, the ceiling must consist of two layers of 5/6 inch (15.9 mm) thick Type X gypsum board, and the bottom of the floor cavity must contain 31/2 inch (89 mm) thick glass fiber insulation. 2.6.3 Assembly D, Option 1, STC = 47, IIC = 54: Assembly D (described in Section 2.3.4 and shown in Figure 6 of this report) has an STC rating of 47. This assembly has an IIC rating of 54, when the floor covering includes a 40 ounce per square yard (1.36 kg/m2) pad and a 56 ounce per square yard (1.90 kg/m2) carpet. 2.6.4 Assembly D, Option 2, STC = 59, IIC = 54: Assembly D (described in Section 2.3.4 and shown in Figure 6 of this report) has an STC rating of 59 when the assembly is constructed with a 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) thick topping of gypsum concrete recognized in a current evaluation report. This assembly has an IIC rating of 54, when the floor covering includes a 40 ounce per square yard (1.36 kg/m2) pad and a 56 ounce per square yard (1.90 kg/m2) carpet. 2.7 Identification: TJI/Pro series joists and Open -Web trusses are identified by a stamp indicating the product designation, evaluation report number (PFC-4354), manufacturer's name (Trus Joist) or logo, plant number, production date, and the name or logo of the inspection agency (PFS Corporation). 3.0 EVIDENCE SUBMITTED Data in accordance with the ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria for Prefabricated Wood I -Joists (AC14), dated February 2003; reports of fire tests in accordance with UBC Standard 7-1 and ASTM E119; reports of sound transmission tests in accordance with ASTM 90, E 413, and E 492; and quality control manuals with TJI/Pro series joist and Open -Web truss manufacturing standards. 4.0 FINDINGS That the TJI/Pro Series Prefabricated Wood I -Joists and Open -Web trusses described in this report comply with the 1997 Uniform Building CodeTm, the 2000 International Building Code®, the 2000International Residential Code®, the BOLA® National Building Code/1999 and the 1999 Standard Building Code°, subject to the following conditions: 4.1 TJI/Pro series joists and Open- Web trusses are designed in accordance with this report. 4.2 Drawings and design details verifying compliance with this report are submitted to the building official for approval. 4.3 Allowable design properties or unit stresses, or both, for TJI/Pro series joists and Open -Web Trusses, and their fasteners are permitted to be increased for duration of load in accordance with the applicable code. 4.4 Where one -hour or two-hour fire -resistive construction is required, construction must comply with this report. 4.5 No cutting of TJI/Pro series joist flanges or Open - Web truss chords is permitted. 4.6 Sound rated assemblies noted in Sections 2.6.1 and 2.6.3 and Figure 6 of this report with STC and IIC ratings less than 50 are only applicable in jurisdictions using the IRC, BNBC or the SBC. 4.7 TJI/Pro series joists and Open -Web trusses are produced at the Trus Joist plants indicated in Table 10, under a qualitycontrol program with inspections by PFS Corporation (AA-652). This report is subject to re-examination in two years Page 8 of 24 PF(__A4r.A TABLE 1 - TJI® j0IST nFsciaiPT1nPJ TJI Joist Series Flange Grade Flange Size Depth•x Width inches Web Thickness (inches) Range of Joist Depths (inches) TJI V/ProTM 100TS (2) 1.6 1.375 x 1.75 3/8 9 1/2 - 11 7/8 TJI /ProTM 130TS (2) 1.6 1 1.375 x 2.3 3/8 9 1/2 - 16 TJI /ProTM 130 (1) or (2) (3) (3) 3/8 9 1/2 - 16 TJI /ProTM 150 (1) 2.1 1.5 x 1.5 3/8 9 1 /2 - 11 7/8 TJI /ProTM 250 (1) 2.1 1.5 x 1.75 3/8 7 1/2 - 16 TJI /ProTM 350 1 (1) 2.0 1.5 x 2.3 3/8 9 1/2 - 20 TJI /ProTM 550 1 Fnr SI• 1 ; K = 7G A ... (1) 2.0 1.1.5 x 3.5 7/16 9 1/2 - 20 vv. Ivl1 LJ.1 111111 (1) Flange material is Microllam® LVL (2) Flange material is TimberStrand® LSL (3) Flange material is either.: (a) 1.6E 1.375 inches deep by 2.3 inches wide Microllam LVL, or (b) 1.52E 1.5 inches deep by 2.3 inches wide Microllam LVL or (c) 1.6E• 1.375 inches deep by 2.3 inches wide TimberStrand LSL. TABLE 2 - PRnPFRTIFC GnM T 11 InlcTO BASIC PROPERTIES REACTION PROPERTIES Joist Joist Resistive Vert. El K END REACTION lbs. INTERMEDIATE REACTION lbs. Depth Weight Moment Shear x 106 1-3/4" 3-1/2" Nails 3-1/2" 5-1/4" Nails Nails (in.) (plf) (ft.-lbs.) (lbs.) lbs.-in.2 Req'd. -BearingLength BearingLength Bearing Length Bearing Length Web Stiffeners Web Stiffeners Web Stiffeners Web Stiffeners NO YES NO YES NO YES NO YES TJI/Pro 100TS 9-1/2 2.3 2005 1 1120 1 139. 1 4.5 1120 1 NA 1120 NA NA 2340 NA 2900 NA NA 11-7/8 2.5 2660 1420 240 4.5 1120 1120 1420 1420 3-8d 2340 2480 2990 3345 3-8d TJI/Pro 130TS 9-1/2 2.7 2680 1120 179 4.5 1120 NA 1120 NA NA 2660 NA 2900 NA NA 11-7/8 3.0 3555 1420 307 4.5 1200 1420 1420 1420 3-8d 2660 3020 3315 3670 3-Sd 14 3.3 4345 1710 456 4.5 1200 1505 1615 1710 3-8d 2660 3020 3315 3670 3-8d 16 3.5 5095 1970 627 4.5 1200 1505 1615 1970 3-8d 2660 3020 3315 3670 3-8d TJI/Pro 130 9-1/2 2.7 2680 1120 179 4.5 1120 NA 1120 NA NA 2235 NA 2785 NA NA 11-7/8 3.0 3555 1420 307 4.5 1120 1420 1420 1420 3-8d 2235 2595 2785 3145 3-8d 14 3.3 4345 1710 456 4.5 1120 1475 1615 1710 3-8d 2235 2595 2785 3145 3-8d 16 3.5 5095 1970 627 4.5 1120 1475 1615 1970 3-Sd 2235 2595 2785 3145 3-8d TJI/Pro 150 9-1/2 2.0 2730 1120 160 4.5 945 NA 1120 NA NA 1895 NA 2440 NA NA 11-7/8 2.3 3620 1420 276 4.5 945 NA 1420 NA NA 1895 NA 2440 NA NA TJI/Pro 250 7-1/2 2.0 2335 860 103 4.5 860 NA 860 NA NA 2030 NA 2225 NA NA 9-1/2 2.2 3210 1120 185 4.5 1015 NA 1120 NA NA 2030 NA 2575 NA NA 11-7/8 2.5 4260 1420 319 4.5 1015 1120 1420 1420 3-8d 2030 2385 2575 2930 3-8d 14 2.8 5210 1710 474 4.5 1015 1120 1560 1710 3-8d 2030 2385 2575 2930 3-8d 16 3.0 6075 1970 653 4.5 1015 1120 1560 1915 3-8d 2030 2385 2575 293 33-8d TJI/Pro 350 9-1/2 2.7 3745 1120 231 4.5 1120 NA 1120 NA NA 2320 NA 2870 NA NA 10 2.8 4010 1185 261 4.5 1160 1185 1185 1185 3-8d 2320 2680 2870 3065 3-8d 11-7/8 3.0 5000 1420 395 4.5 1160 1420 1420 1420 3-8d 2320 2680 2870 3225 3-8d 14 3.2 6135 1710 584 4.5 1160 1505 1615 1710 3-8d 2320 2680 2870 3225 3-8d 16 3.5 7205 1970 801 4.5 1160 1505 1615 1970 3-8d 2320 2680 2870 3225 3-8d 18 3.7 8000 2155 1057 4.5 1160 1505 1615 1970 3-8d 2320 2680 2870 3225 3-8d 20 3.9 9040 1 2165 1354 1 4.5 1 1160 1505 1 1615 1 1970 1 3-8d 2320 2680 2870 1 3225 3-8d TJI/Pro 550 9-1/2 3.8 5745 1675 348 5.3 1400 NA 1675 NA NA 3355 NA 3970 NA NA 10 3.9 6150 1720 394 5.3 1400 1715 1720 1720 2-16d 3355 3670 3970 4285 2-16d 11-7/8 4.2 7675 1925 593 5.3 1400 1875 .1885 1925 3-16d 3355 3830 3970 4445 3-16d 14 4.5 9420 2125 874 5.3 1400 1875 1885 2125 3-16d 3355 3830 3970 4445 3-16d 16 4.7 11065 2330 1192 5.3 1400 1875 1885 2330 3-16d 3355 3830 3970 4445 3-16d 18 5.0 12285 2535 1566 5.3 1400 1875 1885 2360 3-16d 3355 3830 3970 4445 3-16d 20 5.3 13885 1 2740 1 1998 1 5.3 1 1400 1 1875 1 1885 1 2360 1 3-16d 1 3355 1 3830 1 3970 1 4445 1 3-16d For SL• 1 inch = 99; d mm 1 nIf - 1 A C.n AI/ . 4 A L. - A nr - --- ...._.. - • •••• , V., - - -1 1.1111, 1 IL. -Iv. - 1.0ov 11-111, 1 1D.-III. = &.?Jf KN-mm See Table notes on the next page. Page 9 of 24 PFC-4354 FOOTNOTES FOR TABLE 2 1. Refer to Figure 1 for web stiffener details. 2. Deflection is calculated as follows: 22.5W L4 12W L2 36PL3 24PL Uniform load: A _ + Concentrated load at midspan : o = + El Kdx105 El Kdx105 Where: P = Concentrated load, pounds. d = Out -to -out depth of joist, inches. L = Clear span in feet W = Uniform load in pounds per lineal foot. El = From table. K = From table. 3. The stated allowable design properties are for loads of normal duration. Adjustments to the allowable design values shall be in accordance with the applicable code. 4. Interpolation between bearing lengths and joist depths is permitted for allowable design reactions. 5: The minimum bearing length is permitted to be reduced for joists supported by hangers if supplemental nail attachment is provided to the web stiffener. 6. Allowable bearing lengths have been determined based on Trus Joist products. Allowable bearing on supporting members must be checked. 7: Joist weights shown are calculated on a rational basis, are based on the heavier of eastern or western species products and are suitable for dead load calculation. Contact the producing plant for shipping weight information if needed. Page 10 of 24 PFC-4354 TABLE 3 - CHORD SECTION PROPERTIES AT PIN LOCATIONS OF OPEN -WEB TRUSSES Nominal Member Size inches Net Dimensions at 19 Percent Moisture inches Pin Diameter in inches Net Area Compression (square inches Net Area Tension (square inches Section Modulus cubic inches TJL one 2 x 4 1-1/2 x 3-1/2 3/8 4.87 3.66 1.20 one 2 x 4 1-1/2 x 3-1/2 5/8 3.38 2.73 1.09 TJ H two 2 x 6 1-1/2 x 5-1/2 3/4 16.50 14.25 15.09 two 2 x 6 1-1/2 x 5-1/2 1 1/4 16.50 12.75 14.95 Tim two 2 x 4 1-1/2 x 3-1/2 5/8 10.50 8.62 6.09 two 2 x 4 1-1/2 x 3-1/2 1 10.50 7.50 5.98 TJW one 2 x 5 1-1/2 x 4-3/4 3/8 5.06 5.06 .1.67 one 2 x 5 1-1/2 x 4-3/4 5/8 3.83 3.83 1.56 TJS 2 members 1- 1/2 x 2.30 1/2 5.40 5.40 2.62 2 members Cnr QI• 9 i....k = 7C 1-1/2 x 2.30 A ..�. 4 __� _ 3/4 4.65 4.65 2.56 . I n wry lv.� , r square rndI - 645 rr1rT1 , I cubic inch = i6387 mm- 1. The net area stated in the table for TJL and TJW trusses assumes a rout width large enough to accommodate two web members. When bridging clips are to be accommodated, the net area in compression or tension shall be reduced to account for the bridging clip thickness. TABLE 4 - ALLOWABLE CHORD STRFSSFS /nmindc_nnr_Qnllnrn_innhl Tension Tension Tension Compression Compression Extreme MOE TJL TJH, TJM, TJW Parallel to Parallel to Grain, Fiber In X TJS Grain, TJL, TJW Bending 106 TJH, TJM, TJS At PP O At O At PP O At O At PP O Truss (1) t PP t (1) t PP t (1) t Pro- h (1) h h (1) h h Chord file 3/8" 5/8" e e 3/8" .. 5/8" e e 3/8" 5/8" e Material (2) Pin 1 Pin r r Pin Pin r r Pin Pin r Microllam All Pro- LVL files 2300 2300 2100 2300 2100 NA NA NA 3000 2550 NA NA NA 3000 2.06 (3) ' (3) (3) (4)(6) 2100f Par& T 1945 1860 1460 1600 1460 1850 1765 1460 1700 1700 2100 1940 1700 2100(6) 1.8 1.8E 5) P 1860 1770 1460 1600 1460 1750 1675 1460 1700 1700 2100 1 1940 1700 2100(6 2400f Par& T 2250 2150 1650 1925 1650 2140 2040 1650 1925 1925 2430 2245 1925 2400(6) 2.0 2.0E 5 P 2150 2050 1650 1925 1650 2030 1940 1650 1925 1925 2430 2245 1925 2400 6 2700f Par& T 2550 2440 2150 2200 1900 2425 2315 2150 2500 2500 2760 2550 2200 2700(6) 2.2 2.2E 5) P 2440 2325 2150 2200 1900 2300 2200 2150 2500 2500 2760 2550 2200 2700 6) Timber- All Pro - Strand files NA 1610 1610 NA NA NA 1610 1610 2090 2090 NA 2090 2090 2620 (8) 1.55 LSL G..C1� .. - n nnr_ nn . •n_ 7 7 For Page 11 of 24 PFC-4354 TABLE 5 - ALLOWABLE LOAD ON WEB MEMBERS I ounds' Tube Ga. Wall Load OPEN -WEB TRUSSES Dia. Thick- Cond. TJL TJH TJM TJW TJS (in.) ness (in.) 3/8" 5/8" 3/4" 1-1/4" 5/8" 1" 3/8" 5/8" 1/2" 3/4" Pin Ur Pin L/r Pin Ur Pin Ur Pin L/r Pin L/r in L/r Pin L/r Pin L/r Pin L/r 3/4 19 0.042 Tension 1275 Bearing 10502 1.0 20 0.035 Tension 900 1100 Bearing 900 43" 900 43" 1.0 19 0.042 Tension 1275 1530 1275 1530 2079 Bearing 1275 39" 1275 39" 1 275_M 1275 39" 2079 16" 1.0 18 0.049 Tension 1490 1800 1490 1800 Bearing 149E 39" 149E 39" 1149EM 149E 39" 1.0 16 0.065 Tension 1975 2370 1975 2370 Bearing 1975 38" 237E 35" 1975 38" 237E 35" 1.0 14 0.083 Tension 3025 3025 Bearin 3025 34- 3025 34" 1-1/8 16 0.065 Tension 2370 3290 1975 2370 Bearing 237E 42" 263E 36" 1975 JL6a 237E 42" 1-1/8 13 0.095 Tension 3800 4200 Bearing 380E 39" 420E 36" 1-1/4 19 0.042 Tension 2079 2602 Bearing 2079 36" 31182 1-1/4 16 0.065 Tension 3217 3901 Bearin 3217 34" 48262 1-1/4 14 0.083 Tension 4108 4854 Bearing 4108 34" 61622 1-3/8 16 0.065 Tension 3290 3740 Bearing 329E 44" 329E 44" 1-1/2 16 0.065 Tension 3950 3290 4430 3217 4036 Bearing 316E 54" 329E 52" 355E 50" 3217 52" 4826 26" 1-1/2 14 0.083 Tension 5530 4108 5154 Bearing 443E 50" 4108 50" 6162 26" 1-1/2 13 0.095 Tension 6240 Bearing 499E 50" 2.0 16 0.065 Tension 3950 6325 Bearing 395E 76" 506E 64" 2.0 14 0.083 Tension 5050 7950 Bearing 505E 76" 636E 64" 2.0 13 ".095Tension 5770 9000 Bearing 577E 76" 720E 66" For SI. 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 Ibf. = 4.448 N 1. Allowable load values for web members in compression shall not exceed the values set forth above and shall be further reduced where L/r controls or where allowable wood bearing controls as set forth in Table 6. 2. L/r controls at any manufactured length. TABLE 6 - ALLOWABLE PIN BEARING LOADS ON CHORD MEMBERS' Chord Material Angle of Load to Grain Allowable Load (pounds), Open -Web Trusses TJL TJW I TJS I TJM TJH PIN DIAMETER, inches 3/8 5/8 3/8 5/8 1/2 3/4 5/8 1 3/4 1-1/4 MSR Perpendicular 720 720 855 1,075 NA NA 970 1,300 1,080 1,620 Parallel 1,350 2,940 1,975 3,990 NA NA 2,500 4,800 3,360 6,040 Microllam LVL Perpendicular 500 500 NA NA 1,130 1,130 1,560 1,695 1,795 2,315 Parallel 1,200 1,850 NA NA 1,910 3,940 2,940 .5,620 3,940 6,380 TimberStrand LSL Perpendicular NA 850 NA 1 1,20E 1 NA I NA I NA I NA NA I NA Parallelj NA 2,300 NA 1 3,12E 1 NA I NA I NA I NA NA I NA For SI: 1 Ibf. = 4.448 N, 1 inch = 25.4 mm 1. Values are permitted to be increased for duration of load up to 133%. 2. Values are for Douglas fir -larch, southern pine, hem -fir, spruce -pine -fir and Englemann spruce-lodgepole pine (1.8E or higher). 3. Parallel values are valid for end distances of 9 inches or greater for TJL and TJW Open -Web trusses and 12 pin diameters or greater for TJS, TJM and TJH trusses. Page 12 of 24 f PFC-4354 a TABLE 7 - Al I nWAR1 F OPW-TIMIC Cno cTAulnwon 15�wn1u0. 0%1 1M^ Open -Web Truss Series Detail Max. Reaction ounds VVIf V Bearing Area (sq. in. L-1 2,910 7.0 L-2 2;910 7.0 L-3 3,000 6.25 TJL L-4 2,300 5.2 L-5/2.254 3,290 8.2 L-5/3.254 3, 520' 11.8 L-5/4.004 3,665' 14.5 L-6 4,510 9.7 H-1 9,200 216 TJH H-2 L 9,200 29.3 H-3 12,470 24.1 M-1 4,330 10.4 M-2 7,390 120.3 TJ M M-3 8,310 21.9 M-4 7,610 15.8 M-5 6,500 20.6 TJW W-1 4,300 14.5 W-2 5,880 13.1 TJS S-1 5,390 16.2 C... G4. � IL-c _ A AAA •1 S-2 5,390 13.8 • ••+• �•, 1 ayuaic 111.11 - V'TJ IIII11 , I IIIVII - L7.'F Infn 1. Details are referenced to Figure 5. 2. Maximum reactions are absolute limits and shall not be increased. Also see Footnote 1 3. Effective area is in square inches and shall be used to determine allowable reactions based on allowable compression perpendicular to grain of the plate. 4. 2.25", 3,25" and 4.00" are minimum distances from pin to end of chord. 5. Where full bearing exists (no bearing error), the maximum allowable bearing reaction is permitted to be increased to 3,780 pounds and 3,930 pounds for the L-5/3.25 and L-5/4.00 clips, respectively. TABLE S - ALL0WARI I= RFArTlnAlc rno GI I ICI..I_eenI.ILIT QCAMIKU- r-i inc-1.2.3 OPEN -WEB TRUSS SERIES BASED ON ALLOWABLE WOOD BEARING STRESS (psi) BASED ON ALLOW -ABLE STEEL BEARING STRESS 405 1 555 600 Allowable Reaction Load Ibs TJLTM 3125 3745 4015 5210 TJW'rm 3125 3745 4015 5210 TJSTM 3995 4835 5220 7310 TJMTM 5240 6230 6415 11505 TJHTM C.-- C1. .1 ILL A 6620 8115 8775 12055 ... -.. .v•. �.��V , i ri, - V.VVVVJ IVIr Q 1. A maximum overhang of % inch is allowed for all flush -mount bearing clips at published design loads.. 2. For flush -mount bearing clip details refer to Figure 6. 3. The connection strength of the flush -mount bearing clip to the truss chord, in tension and compression, along the top chord axis to resist seismic or wind. forces is as follows: (The connection strength between the flush -mount bearing clln and the haarinn sunnnrt mimt he i4ccinn-1 OPEN -WEB TRUSS SERIES Allowable Axial Tension or Compression Capacity at 133% Duration of load lbs. Single Pin Double Pin Extension' TJL 2705 4450 TJW 3700 6115 JS with or without top chord nailer 4320 8125 JM with or without top chord nailer 5115 10235 JH with or without top chord nailer 6325 12220 Page 13 of 24 l PFC-4354 TABLE 9 - TJS'" OPEN -WEB TRUSS SHEATHING NAILING PATTERN 24 o.c. maximum in each chord member Sheathing Chorc Memr Nailing pattern to be in accordance with the approved plans and specifications. In no case shall nail spacing be greater than 24 inches on center in each chord member. Nails shall not be less than 8d (2 1/2-inch) or greater than 16d (3 1/2-inch). CLOSEST ALLOWABLE NAIL WIRE SPACING inches TJL TJS TJM NAIL SIZE DIAMETER Sawn Microllam (inches) TJW TJH Lumber LVL Chord Chord 8d (2'/2 in.) Box 0.113 4 2 4 2 Common 0.131 6 2 6 1 2 10d (3 in.) Box 0.128 6 2 6 2 Common 0.148 6 3 6 2'h 12d (3% in;) Box 0.128 6 2 6 2 Common 1 0.148 1 6 3 6 2'/z 16d (3'/2 in.) Box 0.135 1 6 3 6 2'/s Common 0.162 8 4 8 4 ror ai: -i mcn = zo.4 mm . If more than one row is used , the rows shall be offset at least 3/8 inch and staggered. TARI F in - MANIIFACTI IRINr. I (1rATInNQ Product Claresholm, Eugene, Chavies, Valdosta, Natchitotches, Chino, Delaware, Hillsboro, -Castleberry, Stayton, Alberta, Oregon Kentucky G.A. LA CA Ohio ' Oregon AL Oregon Canada (East (Lowndes (Evergreen Kentucky County) Plant) Plant TJI/Pro Series X X X X X X X Joists Open - Web X X X X Trusses TABLE 11 — Pronerties for use in Spr_finn 2.1.1 1 TJI JOIST SERIES TJI JOIST DEPTH inches r V12 K TJI/Pro 150, TJI/Pro 100TS < 11 7/8 1,420 14.2 . TJI/Pro 250, TJI/Pro 350, TJI/Pro 130TS, TJI/Pro 130 <_ 16• 1,420 14.2 TJI/Pro 550 <_ 24 1 1,925 1 19.25 rui 01. 1 uicn - co.I+ rnrn, I io. = w.4wa rv; I pir = 14.oy iwm. "'Page 14of 24 , �PFC4354 FIGURE .1.= WEB STIFFENER NOTES;'AND DETAILS _ 1.1 Web stiffeners shall be installed'at ^bearing points as required in Table 2: 2. ,Web siiffeners.shall be installed at points:of concentrated loads greater than 1500 pounds and are to, be nailed in, R vx accordance with the intermediate reaction schedule in Table 2. ` 3: Web stiffeners are to be installed on. each side of•the web as shown with nails equally spaced vertically. 4. A gap shall be left at the top, of web stiffeners as shown at all bearing conditions: In the case of concentrated loads, web stiffeners are required as shown and the gap shall beat the bottom. 5r Web stiffener material shall be sheathing. meeting the requirements -of PS-1 ortPS-2 with the face grain parallel to the long axis'. 6. Some hangers require web stiffeners.to comply with nailin,'g requirements through',sicJe plates. 7: If web stiffeners are not used in hanger support, .the side of the -hanger shall extend up to laterally support the top'flange: r Web stiffeners ecifications'are as -follows 4 x TJI Joist Series x Minimum 'Dimensions r+ Grade ... . "W" Inches) Inches TJI/Pro 150' 2 5/16 : _ .,`1/2;. See Note 5 :TJI/Pro 250,•TJI/Pro 100TS 25/16 5/8 See Note 5 TJI/Pro 350, TJI/Pro 130TS, TJl/Pro 130, "2 5/16 7/8 Note b` TJ4ZI- 550 Fnr 4 :r.n4. - 7C A ........ .I IL[b_ �� .In u CI• 8 1/2 � - � 1 112 - —See, Constructn.Grade 2x4 OM .. O A'i1o.": h' is cin ' beeusor�n+Mcec% in sfiminimum minimum= than 17•ip orreb' x„ • r a. cndsilever °r FIGURE 2., ALLOWABLE HOLE SIZE AND LOCATION.FOR THE TJI/Pro-SERIES JOISTS Chart A Round Holes Joist ,Depth (inches)' TJI Joist"Round Series Hole Size inches '2. -3 4 5 6 ' 6'/ . 7 • 1, 8 : -. 1 8% 1 9 1 10, '103W.1 12 123/" Minimum distance from inside face of support to nearest edge of hole feet -inches '. TJI/Pro 100TS .. 1-6 2-0 '. 2-6 . ,3-0 4-6 5-6 TJI/Pro 130TS 2-0 2-6 3-6''`, .`4-6 6-6 7-0 9'h TJI/Pro 130 2-0 2-6, .3-6." : -6 6-6 7-0 TJI/Pro 15.0 :1-6 2-6 3-6•`- 5-0 `6-6 7-6` TJI/Pro 250 2=0: 3-0 ; ,4-0 ' 5-6 .7-6 ' 8-0 TJ I/Pro 100TS 1-0 1-6 2-0 -2-6 3-0 3=0 `- 3=6 4-6 . 6-0 TJI/Pro 130TS 1-0 1-6 2-0. _3-0 4-0 .4-0 `5-0 6-6 870 11'/s TJI/Pro 130 . 1-0 1.-6 2-0 - . 3-0> . 4-0 4-0 5-0 . 6-6- 8=0 TJI/Pro 150 1-0 1-0 1-6 , 34 470 4-0 -.. 5-0 7-0 $-6 TJI/Pro 250 ` 1-0 -1-6 2-6 .3-6 : 5=0 5-0 '' 6-0 _ 8-0 9-0 TJI/Pro 350 1-0. 2-6 . 3-6 > 4-6 5-6' 6-0 ' 7=0 9-0 10-0 TJI/Pro 550 14' " 2-6 ` 470' , ' 5-0. 6-6 ' 7-0 8-0 ' �.9-6 10-6 TJI/Pro 130TS . 1-0 1-0 .1 1-0: -.1-6 2-0 1 2-6 ; 3-0 4-0 -, 5-0 5-0 6-6 8-6 TJI/Pro130 1-0 1-0 1-0 1-6'; 2-0 2-6, 3-0 4-0 . `" 5-0 - 5-0- 6-6 ' 8-6.. 14, TJI/Pro 250' 1.0 1-0 1-0 1-0 2-6 - 2-6 , 3-6 5-0 6-0 _ 6-6 8-6: 10-0 TJI/Pro 350 ' 1-0 1-0 : 1-0 2-6 3-6- 4-0 " .5-0 y `6=6 :- 7-0 .. 8-0 9=6 . 11-0 TJI/Pro 550 1-0 1-0. 2-0 , ' 3-6 5-0 5-6 ' 6-6 . ' 8-0 • 8-6 ", ; 9-0 - . 10-6 12-0 , TJI/Pro 130TS.. 1-0 •11-0. 1-0 1-0 1-0 = 1-0 1-0 2-0 = 3-0 :' 3-6 4-6- 5-6 7-0 ' 8-6 - TJ I/Pro 130 1-0 , f o 1-0 ` _. 1-0 - . 1-0 7.1-0- A -0 : " .2-0 3-0 3-6- 4-6 : ' 5=6 . 7-0 ,, 8-6 16 TJI/Pro 250 1-0 1-0. 1=0 1-0 1-0 1-0 1=0 -1 2-6 3-0 4-0' 5-6 ' 6=6 9-0, T 11-0' ' TJI/Pro 350 1-0 1-0` 1-0. 1-0 1-0 1-0 2-6 470 5-0 ,5-6 7-0. 870' - ,10-6. a 1,. 12-6 TJI/Pro 550 ; 1-0 ` 1-0 1-0 1-6 ` _ :37-0 3-6 4-6'' 6-0 7-0 "• � 7-6 9-0 10-0 12-0 •. 13-6 ' Page 16 of 24 PFC-4354 FIGURE 2. CONTINUED - ALLOWABLE HOLE SIZE AND LOCATION FOR THE TJI/Pro SERIES JOISTS Chart B - Square or Rectangular Holes Depth (inches) TJI Joist Series TJI/Pro 100TS Square or Rectangular Hole Size inches 2 3 4 5 6 6'/< 7 8 8% 9 10 10'/ Minimum distance 1-6 2-6 3-0 from inside face of su port to nearest edge 5-0 5-6 5-6 of hole feet -inches TJI/Pro 130TS 2-0 3-0 4-0 6-0 6-6 7-0 9'/z TJI/Pro 130 2-0 3-0 4-0 6-0 6-6 7-0 TJI/Pro 150 1-6 3-0 4-0 6-0 6-6 7-6 TJI/Pro 250 2-0 3-0 4-6 6-6 7-6 8-0 TJI/Pro 100TS 1-6 2-0 2-6 3-6 6-0 6-0 6-6 TJI/Pro 130TS 1-0 2-0 3-6 4-6 7-0 7-6 8-0 9-0 9-6 TJI/Pro 130 1-0 2-0 3-6 4-6 7-0 7-6 8-0 9=0 9-6 11'/a TJI/Pro 150 1-0 1-6 3-0 4-6 6-6 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 TJI/Pro 250 1-0 2-0 3-6 5-6 7-6 8-0 8-6 9-0 9-6 TJI/Pro 350 1-6 3-0 4-6 6-0 7-6 8-6 9-0 9-6 9-6 TJI/Pro 550 3-6 5-0 6-0 7-6 9-0 9-6 9-6 10-0 10-6 TJI/Pro 130TS 1-0 1-0 2-6 4-0 5-0 5-6 7-0 9-0 10-0 10-0 11-0 11-6 TJI/Pro 130 1-0 1-0 2-6 4-0 5-0 5-6 7-0 9-0 10-0 10-0 11-0 11-6 14 TJI/Pro 250 1-0 1-0 2-0 4-0 6-0 6-6 8-0 10-0 10-6 10-6 11-0 12-0 TJI/Pro 350 1-0 1-0 3-0 5-0 6-6 7-0 9-0 10-6 10-6 11-0 11-6 12-0 TJI/Pro 550 2-6 4-0 5-6 7-0 8-6 9-0 10-0 11-6 12-0 12-0 12-6 13-0 16 For SI: 1 inch TJI/Pro 130TS TJI/Pro 130 TJI/Pro 250 TJI/Pro 350 TJI/Pro 550 = 25.4 mm 1 font 1-0 1-0 1-0 1-0 1-0 = 'And 1-0 1-0 . 1-0 1-0 2-6 R mm 1-0 1-0 1-0 1-0 4-6 2-6 2-6 1-0 1-6 6-0 4-0 4-0 2-0 4-0 8-0 4-6 4-6 3-0 4-6 8-6 6-0 6-0 1 4-6 6-0 9-6 .8-0 8-0 6-6 8-0 11-6 10-0 10-0 8-6 10-0 13-0 10-6 10-6 1 8-6 10-0 13-0 11-0 11-0 9-6 11-0 13-6 11-6 11-6 10-0 11-6 14-0 13-0 13-0 11-0 12-6 15-0 13-6 13-6 11-6 13-0 15-6 1. Where more than one hole is to be cut in the web, the clear distance between holes must be twice the length of the longest dimension of the largest adjacent hole. 2. Holes may be located vertically anywhere within the web. Leave 1/8 inch of web minimum at top and bottom of hole. 3. The Round Hole and Square or Rectangular Hole Charts are based on simple spans and uniform load applications, within the limitations of the applicable Trus Joist literature. 4. TJI Joists are manufactured with 1 1/2 inch diameter perforated knockouts in the web at approximately 12 inches on center along the length of the joist. 5. For simple span (5 foot minimum) uniformly loaded joists one maximum size hole may be located in the web at the center of the joist span provided no other holes occur in the joist. Charts are based on simple spans and uniform load applications, within the limitations of the applicable Trus Joist literature. in Iq%2" X 2%," X 48" MINERAL I,,IOOL BATT EACH SIDE OF FIXTURE t. SLIT FOR HANGER WIRE 48" X 42" X 24" MINERAL hIOOL BATT FASTENED WITH WIRE AT EACH END \� FIGURE 3 - LIGHT FIXTURE PROTECTION (See Section 2.3.1 for detailed description of mineral wool batts.) For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm BOTTOM CHORD OF PITCHED TJH "'TRUSS APPROVED STEEL CONNECTOR VARIABLE DENSITY LVL CONNECTOR 3/4" x 5" A-325 BOLT FIGURE 4 — TENSION CONNECTOR (TJH Connector shown for illustrative purposes only) For'Sl: 1 inch = 25.4 mm Paae 18 of 24 r. PFC-4354 L-� IOd x 1-1%2' NAILS L. (3) NAILS AT EACH SIDE. 1�i' 6lf't TJL "ANGLE" CLIP 1. TOP CHORD BEARING' ■ In -1/2' NAILS .S AT EACH SIDE. )I6' NOTCHED BEARING PLATE, TJL "U" CLIP r TOP CHORD BEARING LOd x 1-1/2' NAILS FLW- 1 10d x 1-1/2' NAILS (4) INTO THE FACE (3) NAILS AT EACH SIDE. (4) )NTO THE TOP OPTIONAL 522/8'ttONNTTXXp 2T'ELAG BOLTS 1 (2) INTO THE TOPE 6J¢'3 ■DOUBLE PIN OPTION O O ■EXCLUDED TJL "U" CLIP CLIP TANDARD BOTTOM CHORD BEARING TJLfrJW "FLusirMOUNr, cup L-3 W_ (10d3) x 1-)/A NAILS lOd x 1-1/2' NAILS (3) NAILS AT EACH SIDE. ■14' (3) NAILS AT EACH SIDE. L-4 IX' 04" 7W6 06. ■10' AT 1 -4 re TJL 10'714" "NO -NOTCH" CLIP TJW "NO -NOTCH" CLIP ►�' TOP CHORD BEARING TOP CHORD BEARING I L-5 10d x 1-1/2' NAILS (3) NAILS AT EACH SIDE, 7�Ifi t TJL "NO -NOTCH" CLIP #' TOP CHORD BEARING W-2' . IDd x 1-1/2' NAILS (—1 3) }NAILS AT EACH SIDE. 1-' 7%'t NOTCHED BEARING PLATE 1' TJW "U" CLIP TOP CHORD BEARING x w: 1 inch = 25.4 mm - FIGURE 5* - OPEN -WEB TRUSS DETAILS(See note at end of Figure 5) *Figure 5 drawings are for illustration purposes only. They are not intended for use as construction documents for the purpose of design, fabrication or erection. Page 19 of 24 PFC-4354 S- 1 M- � 10d x 1-1/2' NAILS I0d x 1-1/2' NAILS (5) NAILS AT EACH SIDE. (5) NAILS AT EACH SIDE. 2ii' 2%' 3%'t 3i6't 3)l,' 0 346' 51¢' TJS "S" CLIP TOP CHORD BEARING TJM "S" CLIP TOP CHORD BEAING S2 10d x1-1 AT EACH SIDE. 1�1 -� 3/4'0 - 10 NC SAE GRADE 5 BOLT, 5' LONG 0 0 31¢' 3' 3%•1 Si¢' 7' Da' 0 113(6 31X6' 6't /8'0 x 2' LAG SCREW TJS "ANGLE"CLIP BOTTOM CHORD BEARING TJM "Z"-CLIP TOP CHORD BEARING FSXM x 1-1/2' NAILS M-3jT63vTj' INTO THE FACE 4��' l�' TRUSS CHORDS NOT SHOWN INTO THE TOPON T E C ON TOP VIEW FOR CLARITY. &' <2>BJNTP THE OP�OLTS 31¢ 5/8.0 x 2' LAG SCREW BEARING ANGLE ■DOUBLE PIN KM OPTION r 0 7wi 0 1Y• NEXCLUDED ON STANDARD CLIP, 5/8'0- U NC SAE GRADE 3 IyV BOLT, 2' LONG TJS "FLUSH MOUNT' CLIP TJM TEDESTAi "CLIP TOP CHORD BEARING 10d x 1-1/2' NAILS 14) INTO THE FACE fgo)d x 1-1/2' NAILS FSN- 1' (4) INTO THE TOP M- NAILS AT EACH SIDE. fl27I�IAL 522/8'0N XX 2' ELAG pCBOLTS (2) INTO THE TOPE 4' 11/2' x 3-1/2' TiHBERSTRAND CAP DOUBLE PIN 3,t OPTION 0 0 0 3�' O C 'EXCLUDED S ON TANDARD CLIP TJS WITH TOP CAP "FLUSH MOUNT" TJM "ANGLE" -CLIP BOTTOM CHORD BEARING For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm FIGURE 5* - OPEN -WEB TRUSS DETAILS(See note at end of Figure 5) Page 20 of 24 PFC-4354 M-J ,3 H-2 3/4.0 - 10 NC SAE GRADE 5 3/4•0 - 10 NC SAE GRADE 5 o 0 BOLT, 5' LONG BOLT (5' LONG) 3 71 3)6' BEARING T's 2 ,= 3 , O 5/8'0 x 2' LAG SCREW 5/8'0 x 2' LAG SCREW ` TIM 'T' CLIP BOTTOM CHORD BEARING " TJH "Z" CLIP TOP CHORD BEARING FM-1 H-3 67't 10d x 1-1/2' NAILS 3/4.0 - 10 NC SAE GRADE 5 (4) INTO THE FACE BOLT (5' LONG) (4) INTO THS/ErE tTOTPxp 2277 pFAc (2) INTO T� TOpfLTS , n o. •o ■DOUBLE PIN " OPTION 5 '= BEARING T's O O p O NEXCLUOED ON STANDARD CLIP S/8'm x 2' LAG SCREW TJM "FLUSH MOUNT" BEARING TIH "T' CLIP TOP CHORD BEARING ai FAIN-1 (4) TOITHE FACE 5/B Y x 2' LAG -REVS F1�11 -1 (4) INTO THE TOPx 2 FH 1 (2) INTO THE FACE OPT]ONAL (2>81NT0 THE TOP �TS - (0 pT0 THE TOP TIMBERSTRAND CAP 3, *➢pUSLE PIN to BLE PIN OPTION 9• ON 0 o O O o o Sii' O NEXCLUDED ON STANDAR➢ IiTANOARD CLIP LIP TIIM WITH CAP "FLUSH MOUNT' TJH "FLUSH MOUNT' CLIP 6 %' H- 1 4W TRUSS CHORDS NOT SHOWN FHN- 1 ON TOP VIEW FOR CLARITY. (2) ) I x 2"LAG SfJtEvs N70 THE FACE 333 (2) IN70 THE T1 L-1/2' x 3-1/2' BEARING,ANGL 5/8'0 x 2' LAG SCREW o. •o . 3T;' TpHERS7RAND CAP 9' ■DOUBLE PIN •" OPTION O 6'3 " I 0 ° T' O O S/8'0- 11 NC O NEXCLUDED SAE GRADE 5 ON STANDARD BOLT, 2' LONG CUP ' TJ_H "PEDESTAL" CLIP TOP CHORD BEARING TJH WITH CAP "FLUSH MOUNT" CLIP For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm FIGURE 5* - OPEN -WEB TRUSS DETAILS (Continued) (See note below) Note: Structural .performance of the bearing hardware is not dependent upon the nails used to connect the bearing hardware to the supporting structure. The connection may be considered, however, by the building designer in the design requirements of the structure. Page 21 of 24 PFC-4354 i lent channels directly applied to joists or trusses @ 16 inches o.c. supporting both layers of gypsum board necessary to achieve sound ratings* ASSEMBLY A (See Section 2.3.1 of this report.) 1. Double Wood Floor. 2. TJI/Pro Series Joist with minimum 1-1/2 inch flange depth or Open -Web Truss. 3. Fixture protection. 4. 24 inch x 48 inch recessed light fixture. 5. Cold -rolled channels. 6. 12 inch air diffuser. 7. Thermafiber or Fibrex-FBX or Fibrex-IF mineral wool blankets. 8. 5/8-inch thick acoustical panels 24 inches x 24 inches or 24 inches x 48 inches supported by an approved exposed fire -rated suspension system. ASSEMBLY B (See Section 2.3.2 of this report.) 1. 48/24 tongue -and -groove span rated sheathing (Exposure 1). 2. Two layers of 1/2 inch thick Type X gypsum board. 3. TJI/Pro Series Joist or Open -Web Truss. 4. Optional minimum 3-1/2 inch thick glass fiber insulation or non-combustible insulation that is rated R-30 or less, with resilient channels (not shown). Sound Test Data* W/O Gypsum Concrete STC = 50 Pad & Carpet IIC = 60 Tarkett Acoustiflor IIC = 51 1 Cushioned vinyl IIC = 45 2 W/Gypsum Concrete STC = 58 Pad & Carpet IIC = 54 Tarkett Acoustiflor IIC = 54 1 Armstrong Vios/Armstrong Cambra sheet vinyl IIC = 50 (1) (1) Kegwres two layers of 5/8-inch thick Type X gypsum board with minimum 3-1/2 inch thick glass fiber insulation or non- combustible insulation that is rated R-30 or less. (2) Applicable only in jurisdictions using the IRC, NBC or SBC: ASSEMBLY C (See Section 2.3.3 of this report.) 1. 48/24 tongue -and -groove span rated sheathing (Exposure 1). 2. TJI/Pro Series Joist or Open -Web Truss. 3. 5/8 inch thick x 24 inch x 24 inch ceiling panels. 4. Fixture protection. 5. 1/2 inch thick Type X gypsum board. 6. 24 inch x 48 inch recessed light fixture. 7. 6 inch x 12 inch opening for return air. 8. 12 inch diameter diffuser opening. 9. Steel suspension grid. FIGURE 6—ONE-HOUR FIRE -RESISTIVE ASSEMBLY DETAILS Page 22 of 24 PFC-4354 Sound Test Data: W/Gypsum Concrete STC = 59 . Pad & Carpet IIC = 54 Without Gypsum Concrete ISTC = 47 1 Pad & Carpet IIC = 54 (1) Applicable only in jurisdictions using the IRC, NBC or SBC. TYPICAL DETAIL FOR BUTT JOINTS PERPENDICULAR TO FRAMING MEMBERS. ASSEMBLY D (See Section 2.3.4 of this report.) 1. 48/24 tongue -and -groove span rated sheathing (Exposure 1) 2. TJI/Pro Series Joist or Open -Web Truss. 3. No. 26 gauge galvanized steel furring channel installed perpendicular to joists or trusses. Furring channels spaced. 1-1/2 inches from and on each side of wallboard end joints and 24 inches on center away from end joints. Channel secured to joists or trusses with support clips (Item 4) at each joist or truss location. At channel splices, adjacent pieces overlapped 6 inches and tied with double strand of No. 18 SWG galvanized steel wire at each end of overlap. 4. Simpson Strong -Tie Co'. Type CSC support clips to be used to support furring channels at the intersection with each joist or truss. Support clips nailed to side of joist bottom flange or truss bottom chord with 1-1/2 inch long No. 11 gauge nail. 5. Stabilizer strap (not shown) - 3/4 inch x 6 inch No. 24 gauge galvanized steel strap used to prevent rotation of the support clips at wallboard end joints and along walls. 6. 1 inch thick, 6 pcf minimum, Thermafiber or Fibrex-FBX or Fibrex-IF mineral wool blankets. 7. 1/2 inch thick USG Type C FIRECODE or Westroc Fireboard C gypsum board. ASSEMBLY E (See Section 2.3.5 of this report.) 1. Double wood floor or a single layer of 48/24 span -rated tongue -and -groove sheathing (Exposure 1). 2. TJI/Pro Series Joist or Open -Web Truss. 3. An approved ceiling system that will provide a 40-minute finish rating. An example of a ceiling with a 40-minute finish rating is described in Section 2.3.2 of this report. ASSEMBLY F (See Section 2.3.6 of this report.). 1. 48/24 tongue -and -groove span rated sheathing (Exposure 1). 2: 5/8 inch thick USG Type C FIRECODE or Westroc Fireboard C gypsum board. 3. TJI/Pro Series Joist (with flange sizes 2x4 nominal or larger). 4. USG RC-1 channel at 16 inches on center. 5. Thermafiber or Fibrex-FBX or Fibrex-SAFB,mineral wool batts. For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm. FIGURE "NE -HOUR FIRE -RESISTIVE ASSEMBLY DETAILS —(Continued) Page 23 of 24 PFC-4354 - ASSEMBLY G (See Section 2.4 of this report.) z 1. 48/24 tongue -and -groove span rated sheathing (Exposure 2. TJI/Pro Series joist or Open -Web Trusses, 24 inches on center maximum. 3. Optional glass fiber insulation, unfaced batts, 3-1/2 inches thick in plenum, supported by stay wires 12 inches on center and centered on joist bottom flanges or truss bottom chords. 4. Three layers of 5/8 inch thick Gold Bond. Fireshield G Type X gypsum board. 5. Resilient channels at 16 inches on center located between first and second layers of gypsum board. (See Section 2.4 of this report.) Typical resilient channel and gypsum board attachment. FIGURE 7—TWO-HOUR FIRE -RESISTIVE FLOOR -CEILING OR ROOF -CEILING ASSEMBLY Alternate Floor or Roof Systems: Lightweight concrete or gypsum concrete may be added to Assemblies A, B, C, D, E,'F, and G of this report in accordance with Section 2.5. Page 24 of 24 PFC-4354 Detail A: H" min. -1 ' 3/8" min. 1-1/4" max. 3 rows of 1 Od x 1.5" nails at 3" o.c. Detail A is applicable to all TJI/Pro Series Joists with structural composite lumber flange widths of 2.5 inches or greater, and all Open -Web trusses with structura I 'composite lumber chords, except when TJS, TJM and TJH Open -Web trusses are used a minimum 2 x 4 nominal structural composite lumber nailer plate is required. Nailer plate attachment must be designed to transfer the required. forces. Simpson Strong -Tie Co. MSTI or PAI straps, or other straps of the same minimum gauge, dimensions, grade of steel and nail patterns and recognized in a current ICC-ES evaluation report may be used. Detail B: o.c. min. /8" rnir 1-5/8" min. .2-3J8" max. 4 rows of 1 Od x 1.5" nails at 6" o.c. Detail B is applicable to all TJI/Pro Series Joists with structural composite lumber flange widths of 3.5 inches or greater, and all Open -Web trusses with structural composite lumber chords. Simpson Strong -Tie Co. LSTI or LTTI straps, or other straps of the same minimum gauge, dimensions, grade of steel and nail patterns and recognized in a current ICC-ES evaluation report may be used. General Notes: Connection capacity limited to a lateral nail design value of 112 Ibs/nail with the following conditions. 1. All nails must 10d short nails, 0.148 inches x 1.5 inches. 2. Minimum steel thickness is 18 gauge (0.049 inches). 3. Total connection capacity not to exceed code approved strap or tension -tie design value. 4. The connection capacity is permitted to be increased for duration of load in accordance with the code. 5. No additional reductions are necessary due to penetration. 6. The minimum required end distance is 3 inches. For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 Ibf. = 4.448 N FIGURE 8—METAL STRAP AND TENSION -TIE CONNECTION CAPACITIES AND DETAILS FOR TJI/Pro SERIES JOISTS AND OPEN -WEB TRUSSES G �_ }•w M'�....n.. ¢�. �� Fir... . •.Rs y �� (�fi� FIr�0.•p:�..�d�r � s,.� �V^_ z�s ~=,N', t',y�.......+bM�, � rel $ i I t �� re�+rawro�aw�y BT =77 + No one buiids A bettor fire ! r 4 r This appliance is only for use with the,type of gas indicated on the rating plate.. This appli- ance` is not convertible for use with -other gases, unless a certified kit is used. ,Printed in U.S.A` Copyright 2001', Please contact your' Heat-N-Glo dealer for any questions or • concerns. For the number of your nearest Heat-N-Glo dealer, please call 952-985-6000. r a, -r r Y � • r �r 1 t f x t .-w w l`SAFETY AND WARNINGRM LINFOATION u, t and,UNDERSU ;all instructions carefully before starts .. gthe ap�p anci v z FAILURE TO�FOLLOW these instructionsymay result mxa possible fire haza[d,and will voieliFiewar anty. " z' ` Q Any -safety screen orguard removed for servicing must be replaced before operating this ' r appliance t. �, fF x• " DO 1VO17,,USEkthis,5apphance if any part Fias been underwater: Immediat"e.ly.CAiL a_ qualified—Nernce;techniaan to ins ect�the a' liance and to re lace any part.ofhe :� PP �.;gyp control system antl anygas control which has been underwater. THISVNIT IS NOT FOR USE WITH SOLID FUEL wt installation and repair should'be,PERFORMED by, a qualified seruice�persoig',1eme N I` appliance and venting system should.be INSPECTEQbeforemitial use andast y r,;'+ .,annually by�a profes�siona serrvice,person. More'freq n cleanm y'be required due to excessive lmtfrom carpeting, bedding material, etc?It.is IMPERATLVEtha�t! the ut control imparta bu ers, and ci[culatingalpa geways BE KEPi'CLEAN`to > - 4 ' .+art' ,-� . �. prowde for adequatetcomtiustion andventilaUon _air. QAlways KEEP the apphance,clear and free from combustible'matenals; gasoline and other flammable vapors and liquids :) NEVER OB$TRU�C=T theflow of°combustion and ventilation air: Keep the front of the r appliance, CLEAR of all obstacles amd materials for servicing antl proper2operation, } ' D'ue to+the high temperature 'the appliance should be LOCATED out of trafficareas and r ' away,from furniture and: draperies.'Clothing.o�'flammable'material SHOUL`DWOT,BE i PLACED on -or near'the appliance k Children and adults should be ALERTED the hazacdMof highs urface temperature ¢ and should STAYAWY"to avoid barns or elot hggnition. Young children should be CAREFUL-RUIP.ERVISED.when thi laredn th`e samee room'as the appliance: yr. These 6nits'MUST%use one of the vent systems described m the Installing Your Fireplace section of the Installers Guide. NO-gTHER. vent systems or components MAYBE USED F= , ;_z �,. ' This'gas fi eplace anii ventassembly MUSrTbe vented directlto the outside ands r; , aMUSiT NEI/ERibe.attache'd-to a chimney segsepaiate sohdgfuel bn g 4. �apphance. Each�gas appliance MUST USE a -separate vent system. Common vent systems' are7PROHIBITED" ` INSPECT the external vent cap on a regular basis to'make sure that no debris'is 'interfenng•v✓ith the air flow. " Theglassfdobr assembly MUST be,m place and sealed; and ihe�tn'mtdoor assembly ' s�� N1US�T begin placeonthefireplacebefor're theunit canbe�placed into safe operation: DOJNOT OPERATE this appliance' it the glass door-rerrioved, cracked orairoken F • F Replacement of the glass door should be perfbrmed by a licensed or qualified service°°,. , person. DONOTstrike orslamtheglassdoor. , �•=- �� °' grass door assembly SH L ONLY be rl p aced as a complete; nit ash upplied by ., , the gas freplace �rnanufacturer NO SUBSTITUTE material may be used. DO.NOTtUS8 abrasive cleaners on the glass door assembly. DO NOT ATTEMPT to Mclean the glass door.when,it is hot r`. a n4•;: T�urngoffgthe gas b�efo„reservicing this appliance Its cecomrrmeridedfi�atqualfied, �ti sernce technician perform'awapphance check upset<<the beginrnng ofxeach lieaUng _ ' "'� 'season s '�>: . ,•, � . ' a DO NOT place furrnture or any other.'combustible household objects within 36 inches; of J the'fireplace'front.:.,, 2= READ THIS MANUAL BEFORE INSTALLING,OR OPERATING. THIS APPLIANCE. PLEASE RETAIN THIS OWNER'S GUIDE FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. w r Welcome Congratulations on selecting a Heat-N=GIo gas fireplace —an elegant and clean alternative to'wood burning fireplaces. The Heat-N-GIo gas fireplace you Nave selected is designed to provide the utmost in safety, reliability, and efficiency. As the owner of a new fireplace, you'll want to read and carefully. follow all of the Y instructions contained in this Owners Guide. We recommend that you pay special'attention to the Safety and Warning Information section at the beginning of this guide. This Owners Guide should be retained.for future reference. We suggest that you keep it with your other important documents and product manuals. The information contained in this Owners Guide, unless noted otherwise, + applies to all models and gas control'systems. • Your new Heat-N-GIo gas fireplace will give you years of durable use and trouble ' free enjoyment. Welcome to the Heat-N-GIo family of fireplace products! Consumer Reference Information We recommend that you record the following pertinent information about .your fireplace. ' Your Fireplace's Model Number Your Fireplace's Serial Number - s r The Date On Which Your Fireplace Was Installed, The Type of Gas Your Fireplace Uses Your Dealer's Name i i a .t h F t } 3 . r. r Safety and Warning Information ` 2 ' Consumer Reference Information 3 Section 1: Preliminaries .............. - About Your Warranty ................................ ......:... 5 _. Table Of Approval Listings and Codes . :............................ 5 • Contents ' 1 The Gas Control Systems .................................. 5 ` Section 2: Using Your Fireplace .. ..................... . • General Operating'Guidelines .:............................ 6 Step 1 Viewing the gas controls ........................ 6 - Step 2 Identifying the type of ignition system .... 6 Step 3 Checking for gas leaks ......................... 7 r Step 4 Checking for obstructions blocking vent termination or front grilles . A........... 8 ` Step 5 Checking surrounding household objects and building materials ............... 8 ' - Step�6 Purging air from the gas supply lines.... 8 Step 7 'Preparing to light your fireplace ............. 9 - • ` Step 8 Lighting your fireplace .......................... 10 Section 3: Maintaining and Servicing " f. ..........:.................. Your Fireplace ...... 15 t Fireplace!Maintenance.....................:................ 15.• ' : GlassAssembly Care and.lnstallation .............. 17 ' Section 4: Troubleshooting ......... 21: r Standing Pilot Troubleshooting ... :::..................... 21 ' • DSI Troubleshooting .......................................... _ 24 " IPI Troubleshooting ..., ............................?........... 25 ' Section 5-."Your Fireplace's Wiring 27 �. • If,Your Fireplace Has Standing Pilot Ignition ...... 27 - f If Your Fireplace Has Direct Spark -Ignition ......... 28 t • IfYour.Fireplace Has Intermittent Pilot Ignition .. 29 Fan Wiring Diagram ............................... .'. '.: 30 Section 6: Replacement Parts ' and Accessories ........................... 30' 5 4• f � About Your Warranty Failure to follow all of these instructions will void your Warranty and may present a fire hazard. Therefore, please.be sure to read and carefully follow all of the instructions contained in this guide. Any component that is found to be faulty must be replaced with an approved component: Tampering with the '` • - fireplace components is DANGEROUS and voids all warranties. _ • The Heat-N-Glo Warranty will be voided by, and Heat-N Glo disclaims any responsibility for, the following actions: . • Installation of any damaged fireplace or vent system component. • Modification of the fireplace or direct Vent system. • Installation other than as instructed by Heat-N-Glo. • Improper positioning'of the gas,logs or the glass door. , • Installation and/or use of any component'part not manufactured and approved by Heat-N-Glo, not withstanding any independent testing "laboratory or•other party approval of such component part or accessory- . t - ' Approval Listings and Codes Appliance Certification The Heat-N-Glo gas fireplaces discussed in this Owners Guide have been tested to ` certification standards and listed by the applicable laboratories: See the Installers Guide and Rating Plate for your fireplace. ` Installation Codes t The installation must conform with local codes or, in the absence of local codes, with the National Fuel Gas Code ANSI Z223.1 (in the United States) or CAN/CGA- C B149 Installation Codes (in Canada). The appliance, when installed, must be . electrically grounded in accordance with local codes or, in'the absence bf local codes with the National Electric Code ANSI/NFPA 70 (in the United States) or the Canadian Electric Code -CSA C22.1(in"Canada). The,Gas Control ,Systems 0 WARNING: THIS'UNIT IS NOT `FOR USE WITH SOLID FUEL.-` Three types of gas control systems are used with these models_ Standing Pilot • Ignition, Direct Spark Ignition and Intermittent Pilot lgnitim- • Standing Pilot Ignition System ,1 This system includes millivolt control valve, standing pilot, thermopile/thermo- couple flame sensor,,and"piezo ignitor. LL. Q WARNING:. 110-1'20 VAC `MUST NEVER BE CONNECTED TO •A 'CONTROL VALVE I'N,A MILLIVOLT SYSTEM. • Direct Spark Ignition (DSI) System This%ystem includes a 110V control valve, electronic module and spark ignitor/ flame sensor. • Intermittent Pilot Ignition (IPI) System This system includes a 3V transformer, 3V electronic module; 3V control valve, intermittent sparking pilot, ;and battery back-up: . 0 WARNING: CONTINUOUS 110-120 VAC SERVICE MUST, BE WIRED DIRECTLY TO THE.: FIREPLACE JUNCTION BOX IN AN IPI OR DSI SYSTEM. ". l Preliminaries` • r.. Y s f ' 5 s ry i 'General Operating Guidelines Step 1 -Viewing the gas controls of your fireplace' UsingYour To view the gas controls of your fireplace: l Fireplace 1. Open the lower grille or remove the trim doors as shown. 2. The area inside is called the controls ' compartment. Step 2 Identifying the type of ignition system Here's how to identify a Standing Pilot Ignition system.. • If your fireplace's gas controls have a red push button piezo ignitor, you have a Standing Pilot Ignition system' Read these operating instructions very carefully. before lighting your fireplace. Be sure to review_ all of the safety warnings and cautions in the Safety and ' rt Warning Information section,at*the beginning of this Owners Guide., - , f CONTROLS COMPARTMENT Figure 1. The Controls Compartment Figure 2. Standing Pilot Ignition - Here's how to identify a Direct Spark Ignition (DSI) system: If your fireplace's gas ' controls do not have a push button, you have' a Direct Spark Ignition (DSI) system. osi -CONTROL VALVE Here's how to identify an, , Intermittent Pilot Ignition (I P I) system: - IPI CONTROL VALVE ' • If your fireplace's gas ; controls'resemble Figure 4 with green and orange o color -coded electrical ' leads (2 contact points) you have an Intermittent Pilot Ignition (IPI) system. s ' Figure 4. , Intermittent Pilot Ignition Step 3 Checking Before lighting your fireplace, read the warning below for gas leaks and double-check your unit for possible gas leaks. If you are unsure, turn off the gas to your fireplace, and 'call a service technician or your gas utility. Do not use a flame to check for gas leaks. ` ` LPG (PROPANE) GAS WARNING The following WARNING applies to installations using • LP. (Propane) gas. - WARNING: TO AVOID POSSIBLE INJURY, FIRE, AND EXPLOSION,' - PLEASE READ AND FOLLOW ALL INSTRUCTIONS ON THIS „ APPLIANCE BEFORE LIGHTING THE PILOT. THIS APPLIANCE USES' LP (PROPANE) GAS, WHICH IS HEAVIER THAN AIR AND WILL REMAIN AT FLOOR LEVEL IF THERE IS A LEAK. .BEFORE LIGHTING, SMELL AT FLOOR LEVEL AND/OR USE OTHER MEANS`(SUCH AS USING A SOAP SOLUTION ON ALL PIPING AND CONNECTIONS, USING A GAS DETECTOR, ETC.) TO CHECK FOR GAS LEAKS.' _ NOTE: LP (PROPANE) GAS CAN BECOME ODORLESS AND CANNOT ALWAYS BE DETECTED`BY SMELL. IF YOU SMELL GAS, DETECT A GAS LEAK, OR SUSPECT THAT,A GAS LEAK EXISTS, FOLLOW THE , RULES SHOWN:BELOW: ;1.,Evacuate all people from youi building. r 2. DO NOT light matches." DO NOT turn electric lights or switches on or off in the area.,' DO NOT use an electric,fan to remove gas from the area. DO NOT use a telephone inside the building: •3. Shutoff the gas at the LP tank outside of your building: 4. Telephone,the gas company and the fire department. Askfor instructions. Before'hanging up, give your name, address,`'and c , telephone number.,DO NOT go,back into your building. If your LP tank runs out of fuel, turn off the gas'at the appliance. After the LP gas tank is refilled, the appliance must be re -lit according to the manufacturer's instructions. If the gas control has been,exposed to WATER in any way, DO NOT try to use it. It must be replaced. DO NOT attempt to repair the gas control or the appliance. ' e 7 } , •t , 8 L ' ' }• ,t i it - . Step 4 Checking for Before lighting your fireplace, double-check your unit obstructions blocking for possible obstructions that could beiblocking the vent termination or vent termination or the front grilles of'your fireplace. front grilles Before lighting the fireplace, double-check that:. furniture and other combustible household objects are' NOT located within 36 inches of the•fireplace front..fi WARNING Children,and adults'should be •alerted to the hazards of thigh surface:. - temperature and should stay away..to'avoid I burns or clothing gniti' .`-Young children " ' shoul&be carefully supervised when they are in the same room;as the appliance . , Step 5 Checking The building materials placed within 18 inches'of the ' surrounding house-. TOP and FRONT of the fireplace (such as walls and hold objects and. mantels) must be able to withstand temperatures_ of -building materials 1170 F. plus room temperature. ' WARNING: Odors, and damagetosur- , ,rounding building materials may become ' noticeable if installation materials are not suit- ' ' able for temperatures immediately.surround , .. ' ing the fireplace.,♦ • I B-TYPE + VENT : TERMINATION ' H1 V ._ • i • DIRECT VENT - n TERMINATION _ t,, • .. Here's where to check for obstructions: 1=At vent termination. , 2. At frontgrilles. ' FRONT GRILLES , Step 6 Purging•air r If the gas valve has been inthe"OFF position, a small w from the gas supply.' amount of air will be in the gas supply lines. When first. lines lighting your fireplace, it will take a few minutes for the = lines to purge themselves of this air: Once the purging is complete, ,your fireplace will light and will operate normally.' ' Subsequent lightings of your fireplace will not require this purging of air,from the gas supply lines, unless the gas valve has been turned.to the OFF position, in which case the air- would have to be purged from the gas supply lines. '' Step 7 Preparing to Previously, in Step 2, you identified your fireplace's light your fireplace type of ignition system —either Standing Pilot Ignition, Direct Spark Ignition (DSI) or Intermittent Pilot Ignition (IPI): Shown below are safety instructions specific to yourfireplace's ignition system. Read the instructions very carefully before lighting your fireplace. FOR YOUR SAFETY READ BEFORE LIGHTING WARNING: IF YOU DO NOT FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS EXACTLY, A FIRE OR EXPLOSION MAY RESULT CAUSING PROPERTY DAMAGE, PERSONAL INJURY, OR LOSS OF LIFE. STANDING PILOT IGNITION °A. This appliance (standing pilot version) has a pilot that must be lighted by hand. When lighting the pilot, follow these instructions exactly. B. BEFORE LIGHTING smell all around the appliance area for gas. Be sure to smell next to the floor because some gas is heavi- er than air and will settle to the floor. WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electric switch; do not use any phone in your building. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a DSI IGNITION A. This appliance (DSI version) does not have a pilot. It is equipped with an ignition device that automatically lights the burner. Do not try.to light the burner by hand. B. BEFORE OPERATING smell all around the appliance area for gas. Be sure to smell next to the floor because some gas is heavier than air and will settle to the floor. WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electric switch; do not IPI IGNITION A. This appliance is equipped with an intermittent pilot ignition (IPI) device which automatically lights the burner. Do not try to light the burner by hand. B. BEFORE OPERATING smell all around the appliance area for gas. Be sure to smell next to the floor because some gas is heavier than air and will settle to the floor. WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electric switch; do not neighbor's phone. Follow the gas suppli- ers instructions. If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. C. Use only your hand to push in or turn the gas control knob. Never use tools. If the knob will not push in or turn by hand, don't try to repair it, call a qualified service tech- nician. Force or attempted repair may re- sult in a fire or explosion. D. Do not use this appliance if any part has been underwater. Immediately call a qual- ified service technician to inspect the ap- pliance and to replace any part of the con- trol system and any gas control which has been under water. use any phone in your building. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a .neighbor's phone. Follow the gas suppliers instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call . the fire department. C. Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the + appliance and to replace any part of the control system and any gas control which has been under water. use any phone in your building. • Immediately call your gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the' gas suppliers instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. C. Do not use this appliance if any part has been under water. Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect the appliance and to replace any part of the control system and any gas control which has been under water. 9 nn� Models: 6000TR-OAK 6000TR-OAK-IPI OF SSAFE O IDEPT, j�,Li�ING & 4 .. DATE WARNING: IF THE INFORMATION IN THESE INSTRUCTIONS IS NOT FOLLOWED EXACTLY, A FIRE OR EXPLOSION MAY RESULT CAUS- ING PROPERTY DAMAGE, -PER- SONAL INJURY, OR DEATH. ' - Do not store or use gasoline or other flam- mable vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any other appliance. - What to do if you smell gas • Do not try to light any appliance. • Do not touch any electrical switch. • Do not use any phone.in your building. • Immediately°call your gas supplier from a neighbor's phone. Follow the gas supplier's instructions. • If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the fire department. Installation and service must be performed by a qualified installer, service agency, or the gas supplier. Printed in U.S.A. Copyright 2004, Heat-N-Glo, a brand of Hearth & Home Technologies Inc. 20802 Kensington Boulevard, Lakeville, MN 55044 HEAT-N-diD No one builds a better fire Installers -Guide GAS -FIRED C UL US LISTED Underwriters Laboratories Listed READ THIS MANUAL BEFORE INSTALLING OR OPERATING THIS APPLIANCE. THIS INSTALLERS GUIDE MUST BE LEFT WITH APPLIANCE FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. WARNING: IMPROPER INSTALLA- TION, ADJUSTMENT, ALTERATION, SERVICE OR MAINTENANCE CAN CAUSE INJURY OR PROPERTY DAM- AGE. REFER TO THIS MANUAL. FOR ASSISTANCE OR ADDITIONAL INFOR- MATION CONSULT. A QUALIFIED IN- STALLER, SERVICE AGENCY, OR THE GAS SUPPLIER. 1. This appliance may be installed in an af- termarket, permanently located, manufac- tured (mobile) home, where not prohibited by local codes. 2. This appliance is only for use with the type of gas indicated on the rating plate. This appliance is not convertible for use with other gases, unless a certified kit is used. Please c ontact.y our H eat-N-Glo dealer with any questions or concerns. For the number of your nearest Heat-N-Glo dealer, please call 1-888-427-3973. This product is covered by one or more of the following patents: (United States) 4,112,613; 4,408,594; 4,422,426; 4.424,792; 4,520,791; 4,793.322; 4,852.548; 4,875,464; 5,000,162; 5,016,609; 5,076.254 5,191,877; 5,218,953; 5.328,356; 5,429,495; 5,452,708; 5,542,407; 5,613,487; (Australia) 543790; 586383; (Canada) 1,123,296; 1,297,746; 2,195,264; (Mexico) 97-0457; (New Zealand) 200265; or other U.S. and foreign patents pending. 383-901 G 6/04 1 ' R.:• w N � f SAFETY AND WARNING INFORMATION.'-" NFORMATION - = � 'READ and�UNDERSTA'NU all m fr'uctions carefully' _ These�units<MUS¥Tuse one;of�the�vent systems bef ro a starting eth "nstallaf on F_AILURETO y s desei�dhe�lnstallmga heFirepla secti of - - -:°FOLLOWthesemstallation�mstructions�ma.y result - � theme ln�sta�llers,Gu de. NO OfTWER nt=systemsAor�� - • _: � `.$. - mta=possible�firefhazard and willxvoid the warranty:: ' ; . s' � com.ponentsfMA�l'BE USED._ � � - � . t Prior to the first firing of the fireplace, READ the , This 'gas fireplace and vent"assembly MUST be Using Your'Fireplace section of•the Owners Guide.:, vented directly to the outside and MUST NEVER be-" t ; * x' -attached to'a chimney serving Ia separate solid fuel - burning appliance:.Each'gas appliance MUST USE DOINOT USEthis apphanee if any parthasn , a se crate gents stem. Common vents stems are and re water Immediately�CA Lea=qualified service p y - r y F PROHIBITED techmcian to inspect the�unitand'fo replace `any'part : y.4' of the control system and ny gas co ntrol-which�hasy -=�- ,been�unelerwater a -- �. - � ��IN�SP�EC�t�he external vent capon agu b�asisato� .. ', • make sure that no debris is-tnterfe i"n,"n,"gwith�the air_ _ THIS UNIT 1S NOT FOR`USE•WITH SOLID FUEL. ;` flow. Q .The'glass door assembly MUST, be' in place and - �Installation and rep airshoultlbePERFORMED by9 sealed, and the.trim door assembly `MUST be m qualified service per�son�Tghe appliancantl venbn �— place on the fireplace before the unitcan be placed system shouldbSPECTEDcbefore mitialuse and at�least annuall)VOm a pro fessionalservice intosafe operation r pe s Mode Fequent clea ngxm be regwred f ' due to excessive lint from carpeting bedding f . - _ DO NOT OPERATEth s applies wit the glass' material, etc'1It iso/MPERATIVE that theme t s `�s ��doo °rerno end c„racketl or --°broke Replaeern�ent�of _control com artmentburners and circul.atm pair= the glass°door should be performed�b ail sensed passageways BEECEPT CLEANto provide for i or ualified semceperson ADO NOTstnke or -_slam _.,. adequate combustion aanndiventilation air the glass door: M • M -• Always KEEP the appliance clear and free from The glass door. assembly SHALL ONLY be combustible materials; gasoline, and other replaced,as a complete unit, as supplied by gas flammable vapors and liquids., ':f'�eplace manufacturer. NO„SUBSTITUTE material H maybe used. or NEVER OBSTRUCTthe flJUVIORombustion,and �= �- •�. ventil tionsair Keep=thetfront ofth�apphance ` -• DONOT USE abrasive cleaner n the glass tloor "= _ aer . CLEAR�of all obstacles andmte'nals for�servicing � assF embly DO°NO:TATTEMRTtoclean the glass and proper operatonsMOM M doorwhe in ittis F Due to the high temperature, the appliance. should "'' Turn off the gas before se,rvicmg this'appliance: It is Q be LOCATED ouf of traffic areas and awayfrom , Q recommended a qualified service technician , furniture and draperies. Clothing or flammable perform an'appliance check-up at the beginning of ,. material SHOULD NOT BE PLACEDon or near the each heating season. appliance. 4 �An safety screen or= uard removed for servicing - ' �ri _f _. �mustbe re laced tefgore o e�rabn Children and adults shouldbe Al ERTED to�the P p g this appliance. -hazards ofhigh surface temperature andTshould _ ; �• mess STAY AWAY to avoid burns or clothing igrntion ' - ��. DO NOT place,furrnfure or any othercombustible Younglchlldren %hould� ,beCAREFULLYSUPERVISED t. h` uieWd.objects within 36 inches of the fireplace when theyare mmtheesameroom astheappliance{` "front. r ! TABLE OF CONTENTS Safety and Warning Information ................................................. 2 Service Parts Lists...................................................................... 4 Section 1: Approvals and Codes ......:.::...................................... 8 ' Appliance Certification.................................................................... 8 . Installation Codes .............. ... 8 High Altitude Installations .............:..... . 8 Section 2: Getting Started ........................................................... 9 Introducing the Heat-N-Glo Gas Fireplaces .................................. .. 9 Pre -installation Preparation ........:::........ 9 Section 3: Installing the Fireplace'............................................11� Constructing the Fireplace Chase................................................11 Step 1 Locating the Fireplace Step 2 Framing the. Fireplace ................................................... 12 " Step 3 Installing the Vent System .....::.........:............................ 14 A. Vent System Approvals ............................................ 14 B. Installing Vent Components ..............................:...... 21 C. Vent Termination......................................................24 Step 4 Positioning, Leveling; and " Securing the Fireplace .................................................. 26, Step 5 Installing the Optional Heat=Zone Kit ............................ 27 -Step 6 The Gas Control Systems ..:......................................... 27 Step 7 The Gas Supply Line ....:.....:..............:. 28 Step 8 Gas Pressure Requirements ................................:...... 28 Step 9 Wiring the Fireplace.....................:................................ 29 Step10 Finishing........................................................................ 31 . Step 11 Installing Trim, .Logs, and Ember Material .................... 32 Installing the Trim........................................................... 32 Positioning the Logs ..................................................... 32 Shutter Settings........................................:...................32 Placing the Ember Material ................ Glass Specifications.........................:......................:.... 32 Step 12 Before Lighting the Fireplace ........................................ 33 Step 13 Lighting the Fireplace.......::............................................ 34 After the Installation ... ..................... :.................... ......................... 34 Section 4: Maintaining and Servicing -Your Fireplace ........ 34 ♦ "_.. Contains updated information. 3 • e* 12 Y 6 Log Set Assembly �_ 4 Service Parts List./ 'Liste des pieces de rechange . 6000TR-OAK, 6000TR-OAK-IPI IMPORTANT: THIS IS DATED INFORMATION. The most current information is located on your dealers VIP site. When order- ing, supply serial and model numbers to ensure correct service parts. / IMPORTANT : L'informatiori fournie clans cette brochure ' ' n'est valide que pendant une courte periode. Les sites VIP des distributeurs disposent des renseignements les plus recents. Lors d'une commande, veuillez fournir les numeros de serie et de modeles pour un remplacement adequat des pieces. ITEM / SERIAL # PART NUMBER COMMON PARTS /PIECES COMMUNES _ iuene:ecor d•e-.��:��.� 1 Surround / EAtourent * PRE '- 002324002 POST 002324002 385-130 2026-108 • 2 Hood / Hotte SRV60-143-BK ' 3 Glass Door Assembly / Porte en verre _ GLA-6TROC 4 Burner NG, LP /_BrOleur GN, PL PRE 002324002 POST 002324002 SRV383-338A SRV2025-007A ,5 Log Grate / Grille de Buche + A 383-360A .6 Oak Log Set Assembly / Jeu de Buches •' LOGS-60AK 7 Log 1 / Buche 1 SRV385-720 8 Log 2 / Buche 2 SRV385-724 9 Log 3 / Buche 3 SRV385-721 10 Log 4 / Buche 4 SRV385-723 11 Log 5 '/ Buche 5 SRV385-722 ` 12 Insulation Board /' Conseil d'Isolation - 385-401 Flue Restrictor / Restricteur de conduite de cheminee t _ 385-128' Vent Gasket / Joint de Conduit y 3' PRE 002324002 POST. 002324002 385-411 2026-114 Platinum Bright Embers / Braise Brillante de Platine . + N/A PBE-5 Vermiculite'Embers / Vermiculite Braises` Mystic -Embers :STANDING PILOT IGNITION ONLY / ALLUMAGE UNE VEILLEUSESEULEMENT 13 Junction Box / Bonier de raccordement ,. ° PRE 002324002 POST 002324002 100-250A 4021-013 ' INTERMITTENT.PILOT IGNITION (IPI) ' /IPI ALLUMAGE SEULEMEN . 13 Junction Box / Boitier de raccordement ; ; .' - PRE 002324002 POST 002324002 383-250A 4021-013 ACCESSORIES` / ACC.ESSOIRES Fan Kit-/ Module de ventilateur , GFK-160A , Wall Switch Kit, Off -whiter/ Interrupteur mural; blanc creme " WSK-21' Wall Switch Kit, White / Interrupteur mural, blanc - + WSK-21-W Trim Door Mesh / �cran porte de garniture '. MESH-6000 NG Conversion NGK-6TROC LP Conversion LPK-6TROC NG Conversion - IPI �. NGK-6TROC-IPI LP Conversion - IPI LPK-6TROC-IPI Wall Refractory Kit .(Firebrick, gray mortar lines) BRICK-6000-FB - Wall Refractory Kit - Right Wall (BRICK-6000=17B Kit) ; " y SRV2027-372 Wall Refractory Kit - Left Wall (BRICK-6000-113 Kit) SRV2027-371 Wall Refractory Kit - Back Wall (BRICK-6000-FB Kit) SRV2027-370 • Also see pages 6 and 7 for additional IPI and Standing Pilot service part numbers. 5 i • Service Parts .-6000TR-0AK4PI -HEAT-N= LO No one builds a better fire (NG LP) Exploded Parts Diagram , ` Beginning Manufacturing Date: 4-01 (GN, PL) Vue eclatee des pieces r -Ending Manufacturing Date: ITEM / P1ECE, DESCRIPTION SERIAL # /N°DESERIE ' PART NUMBER .: 1''N° DE PIECE _! 1 Valve Bracket /Parenthese de Valve PRE - 002324002 POST 002324002 550-169 2025-101 .�. 2 Flex Ball Valve Assembly - / Flechir I'Assemblee de Sou a e de Balle 302-320A 3 Burner Neck Gasket / Joint de Cou de Bruleur 438-407 4 - ON/OFF Rocker Switch / Interru teur a bascule MARCHE/ARRET 060-521A 5 Valve NG / Valve GN 750-500 " 5 Valve LP / Valve PL 750-501 • 6 ' Burner Orifice NG #37C / Orifice de bruleur NG #37C 582-837 6 Burner Orifice LP #52C / Orifice de brOleur PL #52C 582-852 7 Module / ,Module 593-592 " 8 Wire -Assembly / Module de fil f - 593-590A . 9 . 17' Flexible Gas Connector, / Tuyau a gaz flexible PRE 002324002 POST 002324002 477-301A 383-302A ' •10 Valve Plate Gasket / Joint de Plat de Valve 385-402 - 11 Shutter Bracket Assembly / Assembl6e de Parenthese d'Obturateur PRE 002324002 POST 002324002 N/A 2026-017. 12 Shutter Assembly / Assemblee d'Obturateur PRE • 002324002.. POST 002324002' N/A 319-316A -13 Pilot Bracket / Parenthese Pilote r 385-164 14 , Pilot Assembly NG / Module de veilleuse GN t ' PRE 002324002 POST 002324002 385-510A , 4021-625 ! 14 Pilot Assembly LP / Module de veilleuse PL - PRE 002324002 POST' 002324002 385-511 A 4021-026 F 15 Ground Stra / Courroie de Raison Terre 2025-512 Batte Pack / Pa uet de Batterie Pile 593-594A 3 Volt Transformer / 3 Trans ormateur de Volt 5 93-593A 4 ' ,Service Parts-6000TR-OAK . 'HEAT-N- ` No one builds a better fire (NQ LP) Exploded Parts Diagram Beginning Manufacturing Date: 4-01 ' t (GN, PL) Vue dclatee des pieces `•''. Ending Manufacturing Date: - ITEM /, P1ECE DESCRIPTION SERIAL # /N°DESERIE PART NUMBER 1 N° DE PIECE 1 ON/OFF Rocker Switch / Interrupteur a bascule MARCHE/ARRET 060-521A - {' 2 Valve NG / Valve GN 060-522 2 Valve LP / Valve PL 060-523 ~ 3 Flexible Gas Connector / Tuyau a gaz flexible PRE 002324002 POST 002324002 477-301A . 383-302A - 4 Wire Assembly / Module de fil 049-552A 5 Pilot Assembly NG / Module de veilleuse GN 485-510A;, "•, 5 Pilot'Assembly LP / Module de veilleuse PL 485-511A 6 Pilot Bracket / Parenthese Pilote 385-164 7 Bumer Neck Gasket / Joint de Cou de Bruleur 438-407 . 8 Valve Bracket /-Parenthese de Valve t 550-169 , 9 Flex Ball Valve Assembly /.'Flechir I'Assemblee de Soupape de Balle 302-320A 101 Piezo Ignitor /1, Allumeur piezo = 291-513 11 Valve Plate Gasket '/ Joint de Plat de Valve 385-402 12 Shutter Bracket Assembly / Assemblee de Parenthese d'Obturateur PRE . 002324002 POST 002324002 N/A 2026-017 113 Shutter Assembly / Assemblee d'Obturateur , r PRE 002324002 POST 002324002 N/A 319-316A 14 Burner Orifice (NG) (#37C) / Orifice de bruleur (GN) (#37C) ` 582-837 147IBurner Orifice (LP) (#52C) / Orifice de bruleur (PL) (#52C) 582-852 ;: 7 '� -" "; a Approvals and , Codes { Appliance Certification " High Altitude'Installations The Heat-N-Glo fireplace models discussed in this Installers U:L` Listed gas -appliances are tested and approved with- Guidehave been tested to certification standards and listed 'out requiring changes for elevations from 0 to 2,000 feet in by the applicable laboratories. the U. S. A. and in Canada. When installing this.appliance at an elevation above 2,000 Certification " feet, it may be necessary to decrease,the input rating by ° changing the existing burner orifice to smaller size. Input MODELS: 6000TR-OAK, 6000TR-OAK-IPI rate should be reduced by 4% for each 1000 feet above a LABORATORY: Underwriters Laboratories 2000 foot elevation in the U.S:A. or 10% for elevations'' TYPE: Direct Vent Gas Fireplace Heater between 2000 and 4500 feet in Canada. If the heating value' STANDARD: ANSI Z21.88-2000•CSA2.33-M98•UL307B of the gas has been reduced, these rules do not apply. To identify the proper orifice size, check- with the local gas Installation Codes utility. • The fireplace installation must conform to local codes. Before If installing this appliance at an elevation above 4,500 feet � , installing t he f ireplace, consult the local'b uilding code (in Canada), check with local authorities. agency to ensure that you are in compliance with all applicable codes, including permits and inspections. In the absence of local codes, the fireplace installation must ' r conform to the National Fuel Gas.Code ANSI Z223.1 (in', F the United States) orthe CAN/CGA-6149 Installation Codes (in Canada). The appliance must be electrically grounded y in accordance with local codes or, in the absence of local codes with the National Electric Code ANSI/NFPA No. 70'' ' (in the United States), orto the CSAC22.1 Canadian.Electnc , Code (in Canada). These models may be installed in a bedroom or bed -sitting ! room in the U.S.A. and Canada. ' ISO = Heat-N-Glo Quality ' Systems registered by SGS ICS Getting Started . Introducing the Heat-N-GIO Gas Fireplaces The Heat-N-GIo Warranty will be voided by, and Heat-N-Glo Heat-N-GIo direct vent gas fireplaces are designed to oper- disclaims any responsibility for, the following actions: ate with a II combustion a it s iphoned from o utside of the " Installation of any damaged fireplace or vent system building and all exhaust gases expelled to the outside. component. The information contained in this Installers Guide, unless ,Modification of the fireplace or direct vent system. noted otherwise, applies to all models and gas control Installation other than as instructed by Heat-N-GIo: systems. Gas fireplace diagrams, including the dimensions, Improper positioning of the gas logs or the glass door. are shown in this section. Installation and/or use of any component part not manu- factured and approved by Heat-N-GIo, not withstanding Pre -install Preparation any independent testing laboratory or other party approval This gas -fireplace and its components are tested and safe of such' component part or accessory. when installed in accordance with this Installers Guide. ANY SUCH ACTION MAY POSSIBLY CAUSE A FIRE Report to your dealer any parts damaged in shipment, HAZARD. particularly the condition of the glass. Do not install any unit with damaged, incomplete, orsubstitute parts. When planning a fireplace installation, it's necessary to The vent system .components and 'trim doors are shipped determine: in separate packages. The gas logs may be packaged Where the unit is,to be installed. separately and must be field installed. The vent system configuration to be used. Read all of the instructions before starting the Gas supply piping. installation. Follow these instructions carefully during Electrical wiring. the installation to ensure maximum safety and benefit. Framing and finishing details. Failure to follow. these instructions will void the Whether optional accessories —devices such as a fan, owner's warranty and may present a fire hazard. wall switch, or remote control —are desired. If the fireplace is to be installed on carpeting or tile, or on any combustible material other than wood.flooring, the fireplace should be installed on a metal or wood panel that extends the•full width and depth of the fireplace. 9 r ` � 28 112 [724mm] s 14114 .. [362mm] I Y R 21 112 [S48mm] 8 [203mm] ..11 S/8 [297mm] VENT COLLARS 8 1 . ELECTRICAL E C RICAL [203mm] VENT i' COLLARS GAS LINE • ACCESS[9638 25 W 34mr I \J ., [6618 42mm] `O 2 118 - ' t. 3 112 26 718 [SSmm] [90mm] - [682mm] 36 W8 - [916mm] _ - t2 314 6 718, [174mm] _ 41 [323mm] [1040mm] TOP STANDOFFS , TOP VENT COLLARS } " REAR VENT COLLARS HOOD . ' y .. ' • ' . r � a a1i4 O TRIM DOOR O F: S RATING PLATE `: O GAS (� AND LABELS - LINE `tl 0 O O ACCESS 'GAS ELECTRICAL CONTROLS ACCESS Figure 1. Diagram of the 6000TR-OAK, 6000TR-0AK4PI f `4 ' ' ' j o , J 3' lace Installing the Firep Constructing the Fireplace Chase A chase is a vertical box -like structure built to enclose the gas fireplace and/or its vent system. Vertical vents that run on the outside of a building may be, but are not required to be, installed inside a chase. CAUTION: TREATMENT OF FIRESTOP SPACERS AND CONSTRUCTION OF -THE CHASE MAY VARY WITH THE TYPE OF BUILDING THESE INSTRUCTIONS ARE NOT SUBSTITUTES FOR THE REQUIREMENTS OF LOCAL BUILDING CODES. THEREFORE, YOUR LOCAL BUILD- ING CODES MUST BE CHECKED TO DETERMINE THE REQUIREMENTS FOR THESE STEPS. Factory -built fireplace chases should be constructed in the manner of all outside walls of the home to prevent cold air drafting problems. The chase should.not break the outside building envelope in any, manner. This means that the walls, ceiling, base plate and cantile- ver floor of the chase s hould be i nsulated. Vapor and air infiltration barriers should be installed in the chase as per regional codes for the rest of the home. Additionally, Heat- N-Glo recommends that the inside surfaces be sheetrocked and taped for maximum air tightness. To further prevent drafts, the firestops should be caulked to seal gaps. Gas line holes and other openings should be caulked or stuffed with insulation. `If the unit is being in- stalled on a cement slab, we recommend that a layer of plywood be placed underneath to prevent conducting cold up into the room. THE CHASE SHOULD BE CONSTRUCTED SO THAT ALL CLEARANCES TO THE FIREPLACE ARE MAINTAINED AS SPECIFIED WITHIN THIS INSTALLERS GUIDE. Step 1. Locating the Fireplace The following diagram shows space and clearance require- ments for locating a fireplace within a room. Clearance Requirements The t op, b ack, a nd s ides o f t he f ireplace a re d efined b y stand-offs. The minimum clearance to a perpendicular wall extending past the face of the fireplace is one inch (25 mm). The back of the fireplace may be recessed 21 1/2 inches (546 mm) into combustible construction. 1" MIN. (25mm) O OO �- E D 112" MIN. (13mm) A B C D E 42" 22" 36" 51" 72" Note* 42 22" 40" 57" 80" r 'If venting with (2) 90° elbows off rear of,unit the dimensions C, D, and E, will change. Figure 2. Fireplace Dimensions, Locations, and Space Requirements Minimum Clearances from the Fireplace to Combustible Materials Inches mm Glass Front ...................... 36............ :....... 914 Floor................................. 0.......................0 Rear................................1 /2 ....................13 Sides...............................1 /2 ..... .:............. 13 Surround Sides* ........ :........ 0......... ............... 0 Top................................. 3 1 /2 .... :.............. 89. Ceiling`* ........................... 31 .................... 787 * See Figure 3. "The clearance to the ceiling is measured from the top of the unit, excluding the standoffs (see Figure 38). The distance from the unit to combustible construction is to be measured from the unit outer wrap surface to the combustible construction, NOT from the screw heads that secure the unit together. Minimum Clearances from the Vent Pipe to Combustible Materials ' Inches mm Vertical Sections..............1 ............... 25 Horizontal Sections Top.................................... 3 ............... •75 Bottom ..............................1 ............... 25 Sides................................1 ............... 25 At Wall Firestops Top ................................ 2.1/2 ........... 63.7 Bottom ........................... 1/2 .............. 13 Sides................................1 ............... 25 For m inimum c learances, s ee t he d irect vent t ermination clearance diagrams on pages 24 and 25 in this manual. Step 2. Framing the Fireplace - Fireplace framing can be built before or after the fireplace is CAUTION: MEASURE FIREPLACE DIMENSIONS AND set in place. Framing should be positioned to 'accommo- VERIFY FRAMING METHODS AND WALL COVERING date wall coverings and fireplace facing material. The dia- DETAILS BEFORE FRAMING. " gram below shows framing'reference dimensions. Framing should be ' constructed of 2 X 4 lumber or heavier. •` Noncombustible zone is defined by 3" above the elbow for the entire width and'depth (behind ` the front header) of the firebox. B WALL STUD 3„ c A ...............42"' e A tr B.......... 38 1 /2" - • 31/2" , C........ .... 22" i D.......... 42 3/4" E........... 27 7/8" �1/2" CLEARANCE FROM BACK OF FIREPLACE TO COMBUSTIBLE C D 1/Y' CLEARANCE C FROM BOTH SIDES ` OF FIREPLACE TO COMBUSTIBLE FRAMING MEMBER Shows center of 10" x 12" vent framing holes for top and rear venting. The center ` of the hole isone (1)inch (25.4mm)above the center.of the horizontal vent pipe. • L• r 0" CLEARANCE 0" CLEARANCE TO .Figure 3. Framing Dlm@rlSlOr1S FRAMING MEMBER - .12 f NOTE: PIPES OVERLAP 1-1/4 INCHES AT EACH JOINT.' Figure 4. DVP-Series Direct Vent Component Specifications (5-inch inner pipe / 8-inch outer pipe) • 13 i w • i :J Step 3. Installing the Vent System A. Vent System Approvals These models are approved to use DVP-series direct vent pipe components and terminations (see Figures 4 and 5). Approved vent system components are labeled for identifi- cation. This pipe is tested and listed as an approved com- ponent of the fireplace. The pipe is tested-io be run inside an enclosed wall. There is no requirement for inspection openings at each joint within the wall. There is no required pitch for horizontal vent runs. NO OTHER VENTING SYS- TEMS OR COMPONENTS MAY BE USED. Detailed installation instructions are included with each vent termination kit and should be used in conjunction with this Installers Guide. The flame and ember appearance may vary based on the type of fuel burned and the venting configuration used. Identifying Vent Components The vent systems installed on this gas fireplace may in- clude one, two, or three 90° elbow assemblies. The rela- tionships of vertical rise to horizontal run in vent configura- tions' using 90' elbows MUST BE strictly adhered to. The rise to run relationships are shown in the venting drawings and'tables. Refer to the diagrams on the next several pages. NOTE: Two 450�elbows may be used in place of one 900 elbow. Rise to run ratios in the vent.system must be followed if 45° elbows are used. This model has vent starting collars on both the top and the back of the unit. Depending upon the installation, decide which ONE set of starting collars will be used to attach the vent system. The starting collar sealing cap must remain on the starting collar NOT used. VERTICAL STORM COLLAR - TERMINATION ROOF FLASHING HORIZONTAL "TERMINATION ' } Terminations Kits WALL FIRESTOP 90 DE ELBO PVK-80 4 (For use on IPI units only) DVP-TRAP DVP-TVHW DVP-TB1 SERIES (Required to have a minimum of 3 - feet of vertical in the vent system) Figure 5. 'Vent System Components and Termination Kits GREE w CEILING FIRESTOP LENGTH 14 Flue'Restrictor Instructions 1. Remove Exhaust Shield using a 1/4" n ut driver by removing the four screws securing it in place (see'.,: - Figure 7). 2. Break the Flue Restrictor into two pieces. Do this t by,bending the part back and forth until it breaks (see Figure 8). 4 • r . • 4 3. Match the amount of vertical you have in.the sys- " tem with the chart to find the appropriate position 'to set the Flue Restrictor (see Figure 9). CHART 1/ert�cal Top Vent Top Vent Rear Vent ;Rear Vent NG LP NG LP 4' 11 No No No- Restrictor Restrictor Restrictor 8' 2-2. ,. 1-2 1-1 No Restrictor t 15' ; . 3-3 3-2 2-2 1-2 20' 3-4 3-3 3-3 2-3 , 25' 3-4 3-3 3-3 2-3 - 30', 4-4 3.4 3.4 3.3 351, 4-4 . 3-4 , 3-4 3-3 40' - 574 4� . 41 1 Figure 9. ' 4. Center the Flue Restrictor on vent Mand secure in place by using two self -tapping. screws (see Fig- r HORIZONTAL VENTING . Kit No. ' H Max. Run* DVP-TRAP 24" (610 mm)NN ; - hYr H 90-DEGREE * * ELBOWS s 45-DEGREE • r ' s . ELBOW 5. Reinstall the Exhaust Shield., ' NOTE: This model -is tested and approved to use 45° elbows in corner installations. Howev- er, 90° elbows will result in better performance. Figure 11. Corner Installation . • r 1 • : 16 A .. r 14 , 4 - -VENTING.WITH ONE (1)'90° ELBOW V H V MIN: (305mm)' 2' 'MAX._ (610mm) '2' MIN. (610mm) 4' . MAX. (1.22m) T MIN. (914mm) r 6' • MAX. (1.86m) i 4' MIN. (122m) , 8' MAX. (2.4m) V+H=40' MAX. (12.4m)- H = 8' MAX.. (2.4m) NOTE: On vertical venting configurations, where the vertical component is -over 10 feet, install the flue'restrictor.included in the manual bag assembly to improve flame appearance. _ e Figure 12. Venting with •One 90 Elbow -VENTING WITH ONE (1) 90° ELBOW r a .4 V (FT.) v H (FT.) ' V MIN. (305mm) 5' MAX. (1.52m) „ ' " H 2' MIN. (610mm) 10' MAX. (3.1m). T MIN. (914mm).i 15' MAX. (4;65m) +- r 4' MIN. (1.22m) 20' MAX. (6.2m) v V+H= 40' MAX: 02.4MM),_'H = 20' MAX. (6.2m) • _ NOTE: For corner installations: A 6-inch (152mm) section of straight pipe may need to be attached to r .,the fireplace before a 900 elbow, to allow the vent w. o pipe'to clear the top standoffs. NOTE: If a 900 elbow is first attached to the unit, Figure 13. Venting with One.90* Elbow the maximum horizontal run is 3-feet (914mm). 17 M r' VENTING WITH TWO (2) 900 ELBOWS V H H+H, 1' MIN. (305 mm) 2' MAX. (610 mm) 5' MAX. (1.52m) 2' MIN. (610 mm) 4' MAX. (1.22 m) 10'.MAX. (3.1m) Y MIN. (914 mm) 6' MAX. (1.86 m) 15' MAX. (4.65m) 4' MIN. (1.22 m) 8' MAX. (2.48 m) 20' MAX. (6.2m) V+H+H, = 40' MAX. (12.4 m) H = 8' MAX. (2.48 m) H+H , = 20' MAX. (6.2m) Figure 14. Venting with`Two 90° Elbows 18 i VENTING WITH THREE (3) 9WELBOWS f `VENTING WITH THREE (3) 90° ELBOWS 11 -'- ' lv-x- kv- ... I - )k I ' - NOTE: V+V,+H +Hi= 40' MAX' (12.4m) Figure 17. Venting with three 909 elbows , 20 .B hstallin rVent Com onerits 9 o , ., 1. Attach the First Vent Component.to the After determining whichsetof starting collars'will be+used ' _$tarting Collars * 1 (top or'rear) follow venting instructions.accordingly. To attach the first vent component to the •starting collars of Vehting,Out the'Reiir' Vent ;, " the fireplace Remove the installed rear seal 'cap, from the rear starting ; collars by cutting 'the,strapgat'each' end. (see Figure'.18). `', Make hat•the fitierglass'gasket supplied in,the� manual.bag;s6als 6etween'the first 8 inch,(203nim) Follow the vent configuration table.slaccordmgly; f r'. vent component and tFie outer fireplace wrap. Using2 Remove the'insulation from the REAR five inch flue; pull self-tapping'screws.from the manual bag secure that}, } } the F eat,shield out from outside,of th`e frebox: gasketwto the,outer`.wrap:(se,elFigure _19) WARNING: THE TOP HEAT SHIELD (INSIDE 'i"Is1E FIRE$OX�) M 3�T�REMri�NATTAC�HED�IE r' THE VENT SY�STEMIS ATTACHED�TO TH REAR STAfrRTING CO RS. SEE4FIGURE 18 '->' Venting;0ut the Top`Vent , Remove;the two screws in the top vent collar_seal.cap and remove the.top vent collar sealcap and tJiro pieces of m "-sulation inside .the•top_two starting collars '(See'Figure' i8). ' Remove the heat;shield .from inside the TOP.five mch flue from"outside of the firebox. } TheNglass must tie taken off again for,positioning the logs 'When.the unit.is:finally-installe i in place and"tinished'around'; it -Re-install the glass.door. Attach ventsystem`to the top ,starting collars. WARNING. THEREAR VENT COLLAR SEAL ' , " i CAP MUST REMAIIVTfpACHED TOTHEREAR .: DVP PIPE r ; VENT"COLLARS<IF�THE VEN' SYSTEMjIS ... AT � 1:� �''Attaching!the Venting to the Fireplace ' F ' T�ACHED TO THE,T�OP S�AR�T�iNG CLLARS O ` , Y Refer to Cinch Pipe and Termination Cap installation in WARNING FAILURE TO " IN THE S'ET-O,F CO,Lt�►RSYOU�REUS REMOVE INSULATION r G° structions: COt�1LD 2:"Assembling Vent Sections + WARNINGt1fOUMUSTLEAVEHE+INSULATION Refer to Cinch Pipe and Termination Cap installation in r _� IN PLACE IN THE SEiT NOTUSIN�G,. OF COL �R$ YOU ARE structions: °` WAR THATTHE FI NING ENSURE BERGLASS Venting Out Rear, - Venting Out Top ` GASKE�TSUPPLIED WITH THEFIREPLACE rt CAP «. .` AP �0 SEALS<BETWEEN THE FIRST VENT COMPONENT 'f t - AND THE OUTER°FIREPLACE WRAP '' `� If the installation is for.aaerniinafion cap'attactied directly .,HEAT INSUTION to'the fireplace, skip tothe-section,"s .Install Fi�estops and •„ .- - • . -. '�c._ ,DIscARo :BOTH. - e t.y, Vent Termina ion. PIECES and HEAT SHIELD I1EAT *. . ... `.• DISCARD •. INSULATION _ SHIELD .� 1, _ ! '� -' v ' `.HEAT SHIELD u • - a - t - °., �• `�" ; cUT HERE' • -Cutthesealwp I °.I " r _ .. sv trap and remove firte ....'• • •. 'gasket material x - ` - F, Figure-'18044, .. s. 21 1 * - . v ° �.- ti ow 3. Continue Adding Vent components If the combustible materials are not in place at the time. - ofinstall the elbow heat'shield may be screwed to the WARNING 'INSTALLATION _OF THIS FIREPI��cE� exhaust p ipe-(-see, Figure 22). C ut t he t abs a s s hewn REQUIRES THENUSEOF HEATSHIELD 570 29U' _n and,bend down: Secure the heat shield'tothe pipe main= < AB01/ETHE FIRST 90°�ELBOWIN HT E 1/ENT NG _ taining�3"=to 4" between the. pipe and shield_ ..,SYSTEM. .. ��„ k .. r • .. To Install the Heat Shield: 1. Determine' -if the heat shield is required. Do -so by;mea-' Suring the vertical distance between the top horizontal, surface of the elbow to any combustible surface above. If the distance is more than 4 inches, the heat shield js e :NOT required. If it is 4 inches or less, the heat shield' IS. REQUIRED. Install perthe following steps.'See Figure;20.' COMBUSTIBLE SURFACE,, ` .. 3 MIN.•. (76mm) rs HEAT { SHIELD y, ti• Figure 20 l Refer to 'Cinch Pipe? and Termination' Cip installation in- x structions. • Continue adding vent components; locking each succeed- ing component into place. • • Ensure that'each succeeding,vent component is secure ly fitted arid. locked into the preceding, component in the Vent system. :� r 90* elbows may be installed and r6tated .to any point, , „around the preceding component's vertical axis: If angel- 2. Fasten the shield in place using;the four pilot holes 1pro- bow: does not end up in'a locked position with the pre- vided in the part. The shield should be oriented such that ceding -component, 'attach with a minimum of two"(2) the 13 1 /8 inch dimension (longest dimension) is ru'n- sheet.metal screws., r' ning`in the same direction the elbow is'pointing: The 4. Install'SupportBrackets Shield, should be centered directly above the elbow, and . • - ' I.. in- -.Positioned so.that it creates a 1/2 inch airspace.between,. Refer fo Cinch Pipe and Termination Cap installation in- the shield and the combustible'surface.;,See Figure 21. structions. < 4. ai 5. Install Firestops • For Horizontal Runs -'Firestops. are REQUIRED.on both sides of a combustible wall through which the vent passes. NOTE: M ode/ D VP -TRAP d oes not n eed a n e xterior firestop on an exterior combustible wall. To install firestops for horizontal runs that pass through either interior or exterior walls: ro • Cut a 10-inch by 12-inch (254mm x 305mm) hole through the wall. NOTE: The center of the hole is one (1) inch (25.4mm) above the center of the horizontal vent pipe. _N Position t he firestops on both s ides of ,the hole previ- ously cut and secure the firestops with nails or screws. The heat shields of the firestops MUST BE placed to- wards the top of the hole. • Continue the vent run through the firestops. NOTE: There must be NO INSULATION or other combustibles inside the framed firestop opening. i INTERIOR _ WALL SHIELD R' 12" r Figure 23. 10" x 12" Hole and Vent Pipe HEATSHIELD ' • TRIM HEAT SHIELD IF TOO LONG, ADD TO ' - SHIELD IF TOO SHORT+ EXTERIOR • FIRESTOP INTERIOR ' FIRESTOP- 7 Figure 24. Heat Shield, Interior & Exterior firestops. 1 + For Vertical Runs - One ceiling firestop is REQUIRED at , the hole in each ceiling through which the vent passes. To install firestops for vertical runs that pass through ceilings: • Position a plumb bob directly over the center of the verti- - cal vent component. • Mark the ceiling to establish the centerpoint of the vent. • Drill a hole or drive a nail through this centerpoint. • Check the floor above for any obstructions, such as wir- 'ing or plumbing runs. • Reposition the fireplace and vent system, if necessary,, . to accommodate the ceiling joists and/or obstructions. t -'Cut an 10-inch z 10-inch (254mm x-254mm)'hole through. the ceiling, using the centerpoint previously, marked. r: • Frame the hole with framing lumber the same size as the ceilingjoists.. 10- (254mm) - s • ` 10' (254mm) - t CHIMNEY HOLE NEW EXISTING CEILING - �` FRAMING - JOISTS MEMBERS - CEILING � • .4 Figure 25.. 1.0" x 1071 Hole & New Framing Members If the area`above the ceiling is' NOT an attic, position and secure the ceiling firestop on the ceiling side of the previously cut and framed, hole. • 1, • r 23 } Horizontal Termination r The termination kit should pass through the wall firestops x. from the exterior.of the building: Adjust the termination• cap to its final exterior position on.the building,and, interlock the flue sections. { WARNING THE�TERMINATIONC-.APMUST BE^ POS � TIONEDSQ�THAT�TH�ARROW IS�POIN�T- DI E M NINGMMENiT NG TRMINALS SHALL. NOTBERECESSED INTOAWAL OR SID VIE TERMINATtION CLEARANCES MUST. ING M�� BE FO OWED�TO AVOIM-FIRE DANGER ,�1%ENT TERMINATION=MINIMUM CLEARANCES DI- ° �AGRNM ON�FO.LLOWING PAGE �`-��, ^T� - •' If the area above the ceiling IS an'attic, position and secure the firestop on top of the`previously'framed hole. •NOTE: Keep insulation.away from the vent pipe at /east' 1 inch ' (25mm); ^ µ NAILS (4 REQUIRED) . f RAFTER " - CEILING FIRESTOP .r a = VENT TERMINAL OX = AIR SUPPLY INLET = AREA WHERE TERMINAL IS NOT PERMITTED A = 12" .......................... clearances above grade, veran- (see Note 1) da, porch, deck or balcony B = 12........... :............... clearances to window or door that may be opened, or to per- manently closed window. D* = 18........................... vertical clearance to unventilat- ed soffit or to ventilated soffit lo- cated above the terminal *30" min ................. for vinyl clad soffits and below electrical service F = 9" ........................... clearance to outside corner G = 6" ............................ clearance to inside corner H = 3 ft. (Canada) ....... not to be installed above a gas meter/regulator assembly within 3 feet (90cm) horizontally from the center -line of the regulator 1 = 3 ft. (U.S.A.) 6 ft. (Canada) ....... clearance to gas service regu- lator vent outlet J = 9" (U.S.A.) 12" (Canada) ......... clearance to non -mechanical air supply inlet to building or the combustion air inlet to any other appliance " a vent shall not terminate directly above a sidewalk or paved driveway which is located between two single family dwellings and serves both dwellings. *" only permitted if veranda, porch, deck or balcony is fully open on a minimum of 2 sides beneath the floor, or meets Note 2. NOTE 1: On private property where termination is less than 7 feet above a sidewalk, driveway, deck, porch, veranda or balcony, use of a listed cap shield is -suggested. NOTE 2: Termination in an alcove space (spaces open only on one side and with an overhang) are permitted with the dimensions specified for vinyl or non -vinyl siding and soffits. 1. There must be 3 feet minimum between termination caps. 2. All mechanical air intakes within 10 feet of a termination cap must be a minimum of 3 feet below the termination cap. 3. All gravity air intakes within 3 feet of a termination cap must be a minimum of 1 foot below the termination cap. Figure 29. Vent Termination Minimum Clearances K = 3 ft. (U.S.A.) 6 ft. (Canada) .......... clearance to a mechanical air supply inlet L** = 7ft.............................clearance above paved (See Note 1) sidewalk ora paved driveway located on gqDk property M*** = 18............................. clearance under veranda, porch, deck, balcony or over- hang 42" ............................ vinyl N = 6" .............................. non -vinyl sidewalls • 12............................. vinyl sidewalls P = 8 ft. QMe! "MAX .1 cap 3 feet 2 X Q ACTUAL 2 caps 6 feet 1 X Q ACTUAL 3 caps 9 feet 2/3 x Q ACTUAL 4 caps 1 12 feet 1 1/2 x Q QW = # termination caps 3 R„*„ _ (21 # termination caps) x QAcruAI S = 6" MIN ..................... clearance from sides of elec- (See Note 5) trical service T = 12" MIN .................... clearance above electrical (see Note 5) service NOTE 3 Local codes or regulations may require different clearances. NOTE 4: Termination caps may be hot. Consider their proximity to doors or other traffic areas. NOTE 5: Location of the vent termination must not interfere with access to the electrical service. ` WARNING: In the U.S: Vent system termination isNOT permitted in screened porches. You must follow side wall, overhang and ground clearances as stated in the instructions. In Canada: Vent system termination isNOT permitted in screened porches. Vent system termination is permitted in porch areas with two or more sides open. You must follow all side walls, overhang and ground clearances as stated in the instructions. Heat-N-Glo assumes no responsibility for the improper perfor- mance of the fireplace when the venting system does not meet these requirements. CAUTION: IF EXTERIOR WALLS ARE FINISHED WITH VINYL SIDING, IT IS SUGGESTED THAT A VINYL PROTECTOR KIT BE INSTALLED. 25 HORIZONTAL_ OVERHANG - 2 FT: 20INCH MIN,,, - VERTICAL MIN. WALL . - LOWEST , DISCHARGE OPENING .. TERMINATION . CAP `\\ ' ' ^ X NOTE This, also pertains to vertical vent systems in. r 12 ` stalled on the outside:oIfthe 'building. ' :. ROOF PITCH (, , r ' : IS X/ 12 a Jo seal the roof hole, and to divert rain and snow from the. t' "H )MIN.) - MINIMUM HEIGHT FROM ROOF TO LOWEST DISCHARGE OPENING Vent S Stem. Y N ' Attach a flashing to the roof using nails, and use a no,n-- ,hardening mastic around the edges of the flashing base - 'wher`e it meets -the roof: ' Roof -Pitch` H (min) ft. ,• `Attach: a storm:, collar over the flashing joint to form,,a . ' , flat to 1.0 water -tight seal., Place,non-hardening mastic around;the .6/12' ,' joint, -between :the storm collar and the vertical pipe. _ 6/12.to 7/12 1.25 , , '- - -.. : Slide the. termination cap'over the•end of the vent over-7/12 t6,8/1'2 # 1.5 pipe i over,8/12 to 9/12 " T 2.0 ' ,' -and snap into place.' over 9/12 to 10/12 " +. 2.5° Y over lo/12to11i12 3:25 Step4. Positioning, Leveling,:and ¢ over 11/12,to,12/1.2 4.0'• . M ;Securing the -Fireplace ' over. 12/12"t614/12 5.0, " ' `Tlie dia ram below shows how to' ,ro erl 9 p p Y position level; over 14/12 to �16/12 6.0. ,, `and secure the;fireplace. over 16/12 to 18/12 over,18/12 to 20/12 1" 7:5 over.20/12 to 21/12 ,� 8.0., , Figuie 30. Min'imum :Height from,Roof to' • Lowest, Discharge,O,pening For Vertical Terminations -to locate the vent and install ' the vent sections:*4 Locate and -mark the vent centerpoint on the"underside; of the,roof, and drive'a`nail through the centerpoint. • = Make the outline of the roof hole around. the centerpoint- nail ti. • The size of the roof hole framing dimensions depend on the .._ ,pitch of the roof. There MUST.BE a 1-inch (25.44nm) clear once frorri,the vertical vent pipe to •combustible materials. • Mark the roof -hole accordingly. fi • Cover the opening of the installed vent pipes.` Cut and frame the roof hole ' • i r Us . e .framing I umber t he Sam size `a s t - Place the fireplace into positio he roof rafters, - n. � ,, . • and install,the`frame securely. Flashing anchored to the Level the fireplace from side to'side and front'to back,. . frame must withstand heavy winds.'` .. �" ,Shim; the fireplace with, non-combustible material such Y • Continue to install concentric vent section's up -through as sheet metal; as necessary. "•the roof hole (for inside vent installations) or, up •past they Secure the fireplace to the framing by nailing or screwing. roof line until you'reach,the appropriate distance above the roof (for outside terminations). 4 26 ""r . Step 7. The Gas Supply Line NOTE r Have the gas supply line installed in accordance with local;' building codes- by a qualified installer ap a proved and/or licensed as required by. the locality. (In • •� the,, Commonwealth of Massachusetts installation must _ be'performed by a licensed plumberor.gas fitter). NOTE: Before the first firing of the fireplace, the 'gas supply line should be purged of any trapped air. , NOTE: Consult local building codes to.properly size' the gas supply line leading" to the 1/2 inch (13mm) hook-up at.the unit. This .gas fireplace,is designed to'accept a 1/2,inch . (13 mm) gas supply Iine.,To install the ga,s supply line: 4, • ,,A listed (and Commonwealth of Massachusetts, approved)' _1/2 inch (13mm) tee -handle manual shut-off valve, and'a, Jisted flexible gas connector are"connected'to the 1/2 inch (.13mm) inlet of the -control valve. NOTE: If substi- tuting for.these components, please consult local codes for compliance. Step 8., Gas Pressure Requirements Locate the: gas line access hole in the outer casing of' ' the fireplace. M r < ; Pressure requirements for Heat-N-Glo gas fireplaces The gas line may be run from either side,of the fireplace are shown, In the table below: provided the hole in the o'uier•wrap does not exceed 21 /2' ` •* in. diameter and it does riot penetrate the'actual firebox: • The gap between the supply piping and gas access hole can be,plugged with non-combustible. insulation to„pre went cold air infiltration. • Open the fireplace lower,grille, insert the gas supply line through the gas line hole, and connect it to the shut-off valve.' • When attaching the pipe; support the "control so that the b lines are not bent or torn' Pressure Natural Gas Propane Minimum ` 5.0 inches 11.0 inches Inlet Pressure' w.c: — W.C. Maximur' i lnlef .14.0 inches 14.0 inches. Gas 'Pressure w:c. w.c 'Manifolds 3:5 inches' 10.0 inches Pressure W.C. ' W.C. After the gas line installation. is complete, all connec- A one -eighth (1/8) inch' (3 mm) N.P.T. plugged tapping, is tions must be tightened and checked for leaks with a provided on the inlet and outlet side of thegas control for commercially -available, non -corrosive leak check solu- - test gauge. connection to measure the manifold pressure. tion'. Be sure to rinse off all leak check solution following Use a small flat,blade screwdriver to crack'open the screw testing: in the center.,'of the tap. Position arrubber, hose over the tap to obtain the pressure reading. , •� � WARNING`�DO NOT�USE ANrOPEN FME TO •' t `" - • ' .'The fireplace, and. its individual shut-off valve mush be CHECK 9 R GAS LEAKS - 9 PP y piping . 9 y g rdisconnected'fromthe as.su I i in system Burin anylpressure� testing of the, system at test pressures in • At the gas line access hole, use insulation to re -pack the space around the gas pipe. excess of one-half (1/2) psig"(15*Pa). • Insert, insulation from the outside of the fireplace and The fireplace must be isolated from`the gas'supply piping } pack the insulation,tightly to totally seal between the ,system by closing its individual shut-off valve during any pipe andthe outer, casing .• pressure testing of, the gas supply piping,: system,at test 'pressures equal to or -less than one-half (1/2) psig (3.5.;kPa). 4 f ».; t s� 28 � Y Step 9. Wiring the. Fireplace' . F NOTE:=Electrical�Wiringmust lie installed by:a licensed . electrician. t CAUTION: DISCONNECT REMOTE CONTROLS IF'AB- , SENT FOR EXTENDED TIME PERIODS. THIS WILL PRE VENT•ACCIDEN.TAL FIREPLACE OPERATION. :,For Standing,Pilot Ignition Wiring Appliance,•Requirements This appliance -DOES NOT require-110-120 VAC to operate r WARNING DO NOT CONNECTO 120�C° 1 • �TO�T�E�GAS�C,ONT�ROL OVA VIE OR�HE AP PLIANCEWILL=�MALFUNCT.ION AND 'TH'iE;�'. VALVE WILL"-BEmDESTRO�YED. t VARIABLE SPEED CONTROL - BLK BLK - F, JUNCTION BOX- - 'REMOTE SWITCH' • - PIGTAIL .r ONIOFF SWITCH' r PILE. S1 r OPTIONAL WALL -SWITCH, THERMOSTAT OR.REMOTE Optional Accessories Optional fan and remote' control kits require that•110-120,' VAC be wired to the- factory installed junction box before.- the.fireplace is•permanerntly installed. Wall. Switch - `Position the wall switch in the desired .position on a walf.' Run a maximum of 25 feet (7.8 m).,or less• -length of�1,8 A.W,G.. minimum wire and connect -it to the fireplace ON? 'OFF switch pigtails. .�WARNING DO NOT CONNECT , W-120 VACS �TOO. �THE�WALL SWITCH ORTHE CONTROL' . - VALVE�WILL 1 • ,. CAUTION LABEL ALL. WIRES PRIORz TO DISCONNEC- TION WHEN SERVICING CONTROLS. WIRING ERRORS CAN CAUSE IMPROPER AND,DANGEROUS OPERATION VERIFY"PROPER OPERATION AFTER, SERVICING. NOTE: IF ANY OF THE ORIGINALWIRE " ' - •y ;' AS,SUPPLIED WITH THE APPLIANCE'S ' MUST BE REPLACED, IT MUST BE ' REPLACED WITH TYPE 10S'C RATED WIRE. BLK .. ,.F . +". '. BLW . `* " r BLOWER RECEPTACLE BLK BLK _ ill °rs .. • (( Q t BLK " O ry WHT GROUND. TEMPERATURE - SENSOR SWITCH S _ BLOWER, Jr LG RN BLK . F WHT' i t.. ,.�.. 110.120 VAC•' .�_ .. SENSOR f • + •� _ • BLOWER SWITCH �1 INTERMITTENT . 'IGNITION MODULE Pa I PILOT it PLUG-IN ' QQ * -IGNITOR .3V TRANSFORME D O W' ` ON/OFF t J ' S', �. WALL - ,.. ' SWITCH E' FLAME SPA ERI f" O I SENSOR IGNITION. I MODULE- (3V) I WHT - I ORG , • VALVEvr LOW VOLTAGE SEE NOTE 1 GROUND'70. . ' — — --=------a --�,- -FIREPLACE CHASSIS ?' - ' ' GROUND REMOTE - NEUTRAL '` y. = . , • . CONTROL ,; HOT , r _ ° WHITE WIRE CAN BE a PLUGGED. - BLACK WIRE CAN'BE INTO ANY OF #14l5 - ' PLUGGED INTO ANY OF .• 0 LOCATIONS , " ,- PIGGYBACK O" #1 =#6 LOCATIONS" ON THE ON/OFF SWITCH. ON THE HOT SIDE " NEUTRAL SIDE TRANSFORME R VAC ' T ~PLUG IN VALVE - a Figure 37.E Intermittent Pilot Ignition,(IPI) Wiring Diagram ' ;`Intermittent Pilot Ignition (IPI) Wiring . '• power (connect red to red,.black to'black) .'The fireplace' '. • - -can be used. as necessary. Once "power (110',VAC) `is re- 3 Volt,Transformer - 'transformecfound stored; disconnect red.and'black wire leads to extend ti'at-_ This appliance'comes with a 3 volt in the' ,tery"life:,; manual bag:.Plug the transformer leads to, the green con F ..` - �. Optional Accessories , trol"module (see'Figure 37).'Then,plug the transformer into , r th ' side outlet on,,the:juncfion:box.' _' Optional, remote control kits require: that,110-120 VAC be" - wired to the factory installed junction box before the :fire- ' Appliance,:Requlrements }' .• , , place ls'pe�manently installed: This appliance requires that 110-120 VAC be wired to the-, . Wall Switch': factory installed,j unction box. Maintain correct polarity when + -' wiring the junction box. s Position the wall.switch.in.the desired'position on, a;w011,' Run a maximum of 25 feet (7.8 m) or less'lendth of'18 as WARNING: DONOT CONNECT11`0'1'920 VAC A:W G. minimum wire and 'connect it to ,the fireplace ON/ ' TQ THE:GAS�CO'NTROLw-VALVBOR THE APA PLIANC'E WILL MALFUNCTION AND T3HE OFF switch pigtails -, , y ' -�; VALVE WILL BE DESTROYED.m, �-=1 IN G-�,DO NOT��NECT�110 120 VAC" � '. _ ALL, SWITCH�OR THE COIN R�OL-"_ . ' • Operation using Battery Power -�� ALVE�WI<:L BE -;DESTROYED m.,^ ' This 'fireplacehas-anoptional.battery operation.'The sys'� tem is.fully functional with the use of two 'D" size batteries :a* .CAUTION:LABEL ALL :WIRES PRIOR TO DISCONNEC �.. without -ordinary 110-120,VAC power. , ', ' L' - ` TION'WHEN,SERVICING.CONTROLS. WIRING ERRORS" ' Wiring to the batteryshould be left disconnected. in CAN CAUSE IMPROPER A ND.D,ANGEROUS OPERA-, .pack . order to.conserve battery. life. In the case of a loss'of power, '' ;TION: "VERIFYPROPER OPERATIONAFTER SERVICING. simply connect red and black wire'leads',to activate battery. •'* 30 .`. Step 10. Finishing'' `, CAUTION: IF JOINTS BETWEEN yTHE FINISHED`WALLSy r {� AND' THE FIREPLACE SURROUND (TOP AND SIDES) Y Figure 38 shows the minimum vertical and corresponding J ARE •SEALED;, A 300°F. MINIMUM S EALAN.T MATE- `, .. L maximu`m horizontal dimensions of fireplace mantels or other ' ; R/AL MUST BE USED'' THESE JOINTS ARE NOT RE= combustible .projections above the top frontedge of ;the QUIRED TO B E SEALED.:ONLY NON-COMBUSTIBLE. " fireplace. See Figures2 and 3 for other fireplace clearances r' MATERIAL (USING 3 00°.F. MINIMUM A DHESIVE, IF . Only non-combustible materials may, be" used to cover the NEEDED) CAN: BEAPPLIED•AS, FACING TO THE FIRE black fireplace.front ,PLACE. SURROUND. SEE THE',D/AGRAM BELOW. ' WARNING WHENFINISHING THEFIREPtACE,, �NE1/ER OBSFRU,CT 0ODIFY THE AIR IN ' " " �ETLOUTLET GRILLES 1N ANY`;MANNER . 12- ` -101: ±+ y„ TO CEILING 9" 4" 15" V3" 14" 13" h ^ , ,17" , " e" a k ® TOP FRONT EOGE:OF FIREPLACE' r N R . Hearth.'6tensions A hearth `extension may beidesirable for aesthetic reasons.. However, ANSI or CAN/CGA testing standards do not require hearth extensions for gas fireplace appliances. Step l 1. Installing Trim, Logs, eoMaterialInstalling the TrimCombustible materials may be broughtupto the,specified -clearances on the side and:top front edges.of the fireplace, LATCHESbut MUST NEVERoverlap onto the front face. The joints - (BAND OP� between the finished wall and the fireplace •top,and sides-, can. only be sealed with a 300° F. 049' C) minimum eal`ant: - ^WARNINGWHENFINISHINHE FIREP�LA CEO AS�eir NEVER OBSTRUCT ODIF1(THEAIR INLET/ Figure`41 _x •�� Glass Assembly ". OUTLE�T�-GRIL:LES INANY MANNER � - Install optional marble and brass trim surround kits" asp „ desired. Marble, brass, brick, tile, or,othernon-combustible � ' • Embers CANNOT be placed directly over ports. Care materials can be., used .to cover up the" gap between the should b e t aken n of t o c over the l fighting t rail o f•ports sheet rock and the fireplace, (from back to -front). a Do not obstruct or modify the air inlet/outlet grilles n. Whe. When placing Glowing embers onto the burner 'care overlapping on both sides, leave •enough'space- so that the should betaken so that the ports are not t,covered. Place bottom grille can be lowered and the trim door•removed: the embers along side' the port trail, but not,on or in r f between the ports (see -Figure 42). Failure to follow this . ' RETAINING SCREW (BOTH SIDES) ` BURNER. Figure-40. r Burner Removal procedure will likely cause lighting and sooting problems. • Place Mystic embers on areas'of base refractory away from port' holes.: Use this material to give your fireplace -,a realistic'ash bed.' a - Save the remaining ember materials for'use during fire- pIace servicing. • Replace the glass door and a front trim door on the unit. Pull out and latch the glass clips into the groove on -the . .. glass frame:+ Shutter Settings .x NG , LP • Bumer 1/8% 5/811, Positioning the Logs '{ If the gas logs have been factory` installed they should not need to be positioned. 1f the logs havebeen packaged" separately, refer to the instructions that' accompany'the p. • logs: Savethe log instructions with this manual. Glass Specifications: If sooting occurs, the logs. might need to be repositioned'; 6000TR-OAK: TEMPERED slightly to -avoid excessive flame ;impingement: 6000TR-OAK-IPI: TEMPERED k Heat'N ;Glo fireplaces manufactured with tempered glass may , .- Placing the Ember Material y be installed in hazardous: locations such -as bath tub .enclo- Ember material is shipped with this gas fireplace. T.o place sures., as d efined by t he CPSC. T he tempered,g lass h as .the ember material: ,• been tested,and certified to the requirements of.ANSI Z97.1- ' 1984 and CPSC 16 CFR 1202: (Safety Glazing Certification Pull the four glass latches out of the groove on the glass Council SGCC # 1595 and 1597 Architectural Testing,,lnc.. frame. Remove'glass door from.the.unit (see Figure 41): Reports 02=31919.01 and 02-31917.01.) e as This statement is 'in compliance with`SPCS16 CFR Set' =;Certificatioad labeling rqetion 1201.5ents" which refers to 1.5 USC'2063 stating"',..:Such certificate shall ac- . company tfe, product or shall otherwise be furnished to any' distributor or retailer to whom the product is delivered`" Somelocal,building,codes require the use of tempered glass } with permanent marking-iri,such.locations. Glass meeting this,requirement'is available from ke factory.': Please con- tact youridealeror distributor'to order. Step 12.. Before Lighting the, Fireplace Before' lighting the, fireplace, be sure to clothe following: Remove all paperwo�k;f' rorn underneath the fireplace: F Review safety warnings and cautions • Read the Safety and _Warning Information section •at the .beginning of this Installers Guide.' ` Double-check for gas. leaks •` Before lighting. the' fireplace, double=check the "unit for- possible gas leaks. wr . .Double-check vent terminations and front grilles for obstructions.,, +� Before -lighting the fireplace, double-check the' unit for _ ' possible obstructions that could be blocking the ventter- minations or the frontgrilles. Double-check for faulfy.,components • Any component that is found to be faulty MUST BE re-,.' placedwith an approved component. Tampering with.the - fireplace components is DANGEROUS'-and.,voids'al(war- ranties. 'A small amount of air will be in the gas•supplylines. When ,first lighting the'fireplace";it will -take a.few`minutes for the + lines to purge themselves of this air: Onceahe purging is complete, therfireplace will light and will `operate;normally. „ Subsequent l ightings of the fireplace will not require this purging of'air from the gas supply' lines, unless the gas valve .has been turned to the OFF position, in which case the air would have, to be purged: NOTE: The fireplace should be run 3 :to 4 hours•,onthe; initial start-up. Turn itoff and let it cool completely. Remove,- ,y and clean the glass. Replace.the glass and run the fireplace... foran.additional 8 hours. This will help to cure the products; used in the paint and logs. { g � }. Qunng this=break-m period d's recommended th&some iw ntlows in the house beaopenedNof r air Grculabon This wiU:. hero dsettmg offs�mok�dteetand help��eliminate_ anyodorsassocaatedwith�the fireplace smitfalburning ' Air"Shutter Setting �- _�This fireplace has an adjustable -,air shutter (which controls the primary air) factory` set for the minimum vertical 'vent run (see Figure' 43). If your installation has, more: than' the minimum requiredwertical vent length, adjustment of the'air shutter.,,may".be' necessary to.obtain optimal flame appearance. This should'b a adjusted bya qualified' installer at the,time of installation. ByApushing .the air.shutter handle in, you will be.closing•,the air shutter: To adjust. loosen the wing, nut, Care should,be , taken when a, Ju'sting•the, air shutter so as notito cause the .fireplace to soot. If sooting occurs the air shutter will need' to be opened by pulling the handle out. Whe'n'finished tighten wing nut` • . Step 13 Lighting the Fireplace w WARNING- PLEASE!1VIREFERTQ THEUSER'S U L FOR MAN CAUT10 S SAS TY�AND i A m ALL N, FE You've reviewed all ,safety .warnings, ,you've checked the . WARNING INFORMATI®N PERT�A,INING�iO THEE= fireplace for gas leaks, -you know .the :vent system ' is, LIGHTINGANDOPERATIONOF THE=FIREPLACE: unobstructed, and you've checked .for faulty components. ... Now you're ready. to light the fireplace. ,. `After the Installation ,+ '' •' + ; • � ,'. ` �' LEAVE THIS�INSTALLATION MA�NUA_WITH- e ' ;. - � -• .-, , °- , - ., ,. • � THE`�APPLI�FOR�FUTURE-PREFERENCE. � . Maintaining and Servicing Your fireplace 7 J Fireplace Maintenance Although,the frequency of your fireplace servicing and main- tenance will de end on use' and the p type of installation, you , ` • Y 4 should: have a qualified service technician perform an appli- ance c heck -up a tt he b eginning.o f e ach h eating -s eason. See the table below for specific guidelines regarding each fireplace. maintenance task. IMPORTANT: TURN OFF THE GAS BEFORE SERVICING YOUR FIREPLACE.: Replacing old ember material Frequency:: Once annually, during the checkup': By:, Qualified.'service technician. ' MAKE SURE THE FLAMES Task Brush•away loose ember material near the burner..ARE STEADY=NOT ' Replace old embermaterial with new dime-size•and shape ' LIFTING.OR FLOATING_; - `` pieces. Save the' remaining ember material. and repeat this procedure atyour next servicing. For more. information, see Figure 44.` Placing Ember Material. +, Burner Flame Patterns.` Cleaning Burner and Controls Frequency: Once annually: By: Qualified service technician. Task:'Brush or vacuum the control compartment, fireplace dogs and burner areas -surrounding.the;logs: Cleaning Flame Sensor. Rod (IPI Systems) Frequency: Aunnally. By: Qualified service technician. Task: Make a visual,check of We straight flame sensor rod (see Figure 33). Use. emery- cloth to carefully remove any existing film or;white deposits. ' Checking Flame- Patterns, Fiame'Height Frequency: Periodically. ' By: Oualified service .technician/Home owner.. t ` Task: Make a -visual check of your fireplace's flame patterns: Make sure -the flames are steady not lifting'orfloating.' See,Figure .44.' The flame, sensor (IP•I), or .thermopile/ thermocouple (standing pilot)':tips should be covered with flame'. See Figure 33. `-dheckir a Vent System ;. Frequency: Before' initial 'Use and,,at leastannually thereafter; more :frequently if possible. 8'r By: Qualified.§ervice technician/Home. owner. ' Task., Inspectthe external vent capon a'regular basis to ensure that no debris is interfering with the flow of air. Inspect entire vent system for proper function., ' :Cleaning Glass Door Frequency:`:After the first'3 to 4.hours of use. ks neces- sary after initial, cleaning: By: Home owner. ;Task: Remove and clean glass after the'first 3 to 4 hours of use. After the initial cleaning; clean as necessary, particu- larly_after,adding:newember,(flame colorant)'material. Film ;de"posit&on the inside of the glass. door should be cleaned r1off using a household, glass cleaner. NOTE: DO NOT'handle ° or attempt to clean tFie;door when it .is 'hot and ;DO NOT use abrasive cleaners.. 34 - . Energy Efficient Windows and Insulated Windows, by Milgard Windows Page 1 of 4 HOME I CONTACT US I REQUEST INFO I CAREERS I BUILDERS I ARDiITECTS I DEALERS I SrTE MAP ABOUT MILGARD GETTING STARTED PRODUCTS IMAGE GALLERY DEALER LOCATOR ENERGY -EFFICIENT WINDOWS FOR BETTER VIEWS AND COMFORT CITY OF LA'` BUILDING & SAFE I-.i. LI-r- k . DATE BY Cut heating and cooling losses with the best glass in the industry: Milgard SunCoatT"' Low-E all climate, all -season glass. It's the "clear" glass choice for energy -efficient windows that give you year-round comfort. You'll find it on all Milgard insulated windows. Not only does it make our windows more energy efficient, but it also protects your carpet and furniture from fading. SunCoat Low-E blocks infrared light and reduces ultraviolet light. WHAT IS SUNCOATTm LOW-E? SunCoat Low-E is a clear, low -emissivity coating applied to one side of the glass in our dual -pane windows. This microscopically thin coating filters the sun's energy in the summer and reduces heat loss in the winter, making even energy bills look better. Low-E has been a product usually recommended for cold climates. Now with our introduction of SunCoat Low-E glass, you can use this product everywhere, from the heat of Southern Nevada desert to the cold of Chicago and Alaska winters. You can get even greater thermal performance with the addition of argon gas to our standard, dual -pane, SunCoat Low-E insulating glass. In fact, our vinyl and fiberglass insulated windows have even been recognized by Energy Star® for their exceptional energy -saving qualities in your home. (Please insert Energy Star logo). The Benefits of Milgard SunCoat Low-E Glass Are Clear • Comes standard on all Milgard windows and doors • Reduces heat and cooling loads • Reduces harmful UV rays that fade carpet and furniture up to 78% http://www.mi �gard.com/getting-started/energy-efficiency.asp 54 COOL CUlh1AL•RC WAWAV+INtER, NOW STANDARD ON ALL MILGARD WINDOWS & DOORS _Ra 'm WfM24 10/29/2004 Energy Efficient Windows and Insulated Windows, by Milgard Windows Page 4 of 4 From the standpoint of building design, this test proved that incorporating SunCoat enables the use of more windows and more dramatic views, without Milgard Windows is an Energy compromising on comfort or energy efficiency. - Star® Partner. That means our SunCoatT" Low-E glass Solar Heat Gain Coefficient Ultra Violet Light T afgMeaWides\IHRYer Heat L " ionaffnergy-saving Clear Single -Pane Glass 0.86 78% excep1.04 civalities th4 it has been recocinized Clear Double -Pane Glass 0.76 70% Starr^ , The f ct is, our windo%gs43equently t Milgard SunCoatTM Low-E Glass 0.36 1 4 % exceed Fede lal Department obF-y5rgy _.......... _.._............. _..—..... ... ...__........ ._.—...... _............. .._............. --._._................. --._...... �._—._..._._.....__......_........�__...._.._......._......_..standards,..........__...__....._......._..._.---............_........._..........__......_......._.._...._:._ ---- ------ Ultra Violet Light T ansmittance-------------- ` LEARN MORE ABOUT ENERGY EFFICIENT WINDOWS BY VISITING THESE SITES Efficient Windows Collaborative i Energy Star U.S. Department of Energy © 2004 Milgard Windows, Inc. All Rights Reservedly-- 0 http://www.milg4rd.com/getting-started/energy-efficiency.asp 10/29/2004 Milgard Lifetime Guarantee Page 1-of 2, HOME I OONTAcr US I REQUEST INFO I CAREERS I BUILDERS I ARairrEM I DEALERS I SrrE MAP TA An, ABOUT MILGARD GETTING STARTED PRODUCTS IMAGE GALLERY DEALER.LOCATOR ............ _...... _._....... ...... _.._........_.;_..... _........ __...... __..•...... _................. __............ _.... _..__. Full Lifetime Guarantee Transferability 10-year Warranty Export Warranty EIFS Policy FULL LIFETIME GUARANTEE (For use in all 50 states) Milgard Manufacturing (Milgard) guarantees it will repair or replace any Milgard window which is defective in materials or workmanship and will pay the costs of all parts and labor. This warranty is subject to the following terms and conditions: 1. This lifetime guarantee is offered only to original owners of single-family homes and owners of single-family homes who purchase Milgard Windows for remodeling or replacement. This lifetime guarantee may not be assigned or transferred and terminates upon the sale of the home.. Proof of ownership will be. required unless the owner registration card has I been returned. 2. Milgard is not liable for glass breakage, failure due to misuse, the use of applied tints or films, any alterations to the window including customer -applied paint finishes, improper installation or acts of -nature including fire, flood or= earthquake. Milgard is not liable for natural weathering of exterior -finishes or for corrosion in highly corrosive environments. Milgard is not responsible for problems relating to barrier EIFS or any system which does not allow for the proper management of moisture within the wall system. Milgard is not liable for incidental or consequential damage. Some states do -not allow the exclusion -or limitation of` E incidental or consequential damages, so this limitation or exclusion may not apply to you. 3. If Milgard is unable to provide replacement, and repair is not commercially practicable or cannot be timely made, then I Milgard will refund the purchase price (so long as the customer is willing to accept such a refund). This guarantee gives - you specific legal rights, and you may have other rights which vary from state to state. To obtain service under this guarantee, contact your nearest Milgard location or Authorized Milgard Dealer. Please keep this certificate for your files. This guarantee applies only to those Milgard windows purchased on or after October i, 1995 for use,in the United States., For more on Milgard's policy regarding EIFS systems, see EIFS Policy. t c t • http://www.milgard.com/about-miIgard/full-lifetime-guarantee.asp - 10/29/2004